BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJ ESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJ ESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND J AGUAR CARS
J AGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND J AGUAR CARS
J AGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND J AGUAR CARS
J AGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Electrical Guide
2.5L & 3.0L – 2001.5 Model Year;
2.0L – 2002.25 Model Year
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4
Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 5
Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 – 9
User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 10 – 11
Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 – 14
Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 15
Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 16
Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 17
Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 18
Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19
Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20
Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 21
Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 22 – 27
Electrical Guide Figures and Data............................................................................ follows after page 27
(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (CAN and SCP Messages)................................................................... follows Figures and Data
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents: Figures
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
FIGURES
Fig.
Description
Variant
01
Power Distribution
Fig. 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles
Fig. 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution ......................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 01.3 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)..................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)............................................. All Vehicles
Fig. 01.5 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 01.6 ...... Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ........................... All Vehicles
02
Battery; Starter; Generator
Fig. 02.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L ...................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 02.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L................................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
03Engine
Management
Fig. 03.1 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 03.2 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 03.3 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
Fig. 03.4 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
04
Transmission
Fig. 04.1 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production ............................. 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 04.2 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production ............................. All Vehicles (Later Production)
05
Chassis
Fig. 05.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
Fig. 05.2 ...... Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC Vehicles
Fig. 05.3 ...... Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control........................................................... 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
06
Climate Control
Fig. 06.1 ...... Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ........................................... Manual Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 06.2 ...... Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ....................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
07
Instrumentation
Fig. 07.1 ...... Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 07.2 ...... Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
08
Exterior Lighting
Fig. 08.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps .......................................................... Autolamp Vehicles
Fig. 08.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; .................................................. Non Autolamp Vehicles;
Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
Fig. 08.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear................................................................................ All Vehicles
Fig. 08.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing ....................................... EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.5 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing............................................... U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.6 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing ............................................... NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.7 ...... Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
09
Interior Lighting
Fig. 09.1 ...... Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 09.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles
10
Steering; Mirrors; Heaters
Fig. 10.1 ...... Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror........................... All Vehicles
Fig. 10.2 ...... Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back .......................................................... All Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURES
Fig.
Description
Seat Systems
Variant
11
Fig. 11.1 ...... Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.2 ...... Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.3 ...... Seat Heaters .............................................................................................. Heated Seat Vehicles
12
Door Locking; Security
Fig. 12.1 ...... Central Door Locking: Double Locking ....................................................... Double Locking Vehicles
Fig. 12.2 ...... Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking ................................................ Non Double Locking Vehicles
Fig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
13Wash
/
Wipe
Fig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 13.2 ...... Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing ....................................................... Rain Sensing Vehicles
14
Powered Windows; Sliding Roof
Fig. 14.1 ...... Powered Windows: LHD............................................................................ LHD Vehicles
Fig. 14.2 ...... Powered Windows: RHD ........................................................................... RHD Vehicles
Fig. 14.3 ...... Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles
15
In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 15.1 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Standard.................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles
Fig. 15.2 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles
16
Telematics
Fig. 16.1 ...... Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW Vehicles
Fig. 16.2 ...... Telephone System: NAS ............................................................................. NAS Vehicles
Fig. 16.3 ...... Telephone System with Voice: ROW .......................................................... ROW Vehicles
Fig. 16.4 ...... Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................ NAS Vehicles
Fig. 16.5 ...... Voice Control System ................................................................................. Voice Only Vehicles
Fig. 16.6 ...... Navigation System (except Japan) ............................................................... NAV Vehicles except Japan
Fig. 16.7 ...... Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan NAV Vehicles
17
Occupant Protection
Fig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................................ All Vehicles
18
Driver Assist
Fig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles
19
Ancillaries
Fig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Accessory Connectors,
Garage Door Opener ................................................................................. All Vehicles
20
Vehicle Multiplex Systems
Fig. 20.1 ...... Controller Area Network............................................................................ All Vehicles
Fig. 20.2 ...... Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All Vehicles
Fig. 20.3 ...... D2B Network: Part 1 ................................................................................. All Vehicles
Fig. 20.4 ...... D2B Network: Part 2 ................................................................................. All Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C Air Conditioning
A/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
ABS Anti-Lock Braking
ABS/TC Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
APP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1
APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2
AUTO Automatic Transmission
B+ Battery Voltage
BANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)
BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)
CAN Controller Area Network
CKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor
CM Control Module
CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 1
CMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 2
D2B Fiber Optic Network
DSC Dynamic Stability Control
ECM Engine Control Module
ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
EFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor
EGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor
EOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close Valve
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
GECM General Electronic Control Module
GPS Global Positioning System
HID High Intensity Discharge
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Upstream
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Downstream
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Upstream
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Downstream
IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature Sensor
ICE In-Car Entertainment System
IMT VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top
IMT VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom
IC Instrument Cluster
IP SENSOR Injection Pressure Sensor
KS Knock Sensor
LH Left Hand
LHD Left Hand Drive
MAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow Sensor
MAN Manual Transmission
MAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
PATS Passive Anti-Theft System
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
RH Right Hand
RHD Right Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
TCM Transmission Control Module
TP SENSOR Throttle Position Sensor
TP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1
TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2
TURN Turn Signal
TV Television
V6 V6 Engine
VEMS Vehicle Emergency Message System
VICS Vehicle Information Control System
VVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1
VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2
+ve Positive
–ve Negative
–ve BUS Central Junction Fuse Box Ground Bus
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Electrical Guide Format
Introduction
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about
the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as well
as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and
Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the
system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456
indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
➞
➞
Jaguar X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture
Power Supplies
TheJaguarX-TYPEelectricalsystemisasupply-sideswitchedsystem. Theignitionswitchdirectlycarriesmuchoftheignitionswitchedpower
supply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery Saver”
power supply. The “Battery Saver” power supply circuit is controlled via GECM (General Electronic Control Module) internal timer circuits.
Refer to Figure 01.5 for circuit activation details.
Fuse Boxes
The electrical harness incorporates a hard-wired Power Distribution Fuse Box in the engine compartment and a serviceable Central Junction
Fuse Box in the front left-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes.
Vehicle Networks
The Jaguar X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed powertrain communications, an SCP
(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed
“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio
Unit (Radio Head Unit). Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground Studs
Circuitgroundconnectionsaremadeatbodystudslocatedthroughoutthevehicle. Therearenoseparatepowerandlogicgroundingsystems;
however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Component Index
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Accessory Power Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.3
Active Security Sounder ......................................................... Fig. 12.3
Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.1
Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.2
Cabin Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1
Capacitor (ABS / DSC / TC) ..................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Caravan Connector ................................................................ Fig. 08.5
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
CD Autochanger .................................................................... Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 03.2
Air Conditioning Control Module (Automatic, Panel) .............. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
Air Conditioning Control Module (Manual, Panel) .................. Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Control Module (Remote)............................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Central Junction Fuse Box ...................................................... Fig. 01.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Air Temperature Blend Actuator ............................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp – Passenger ...................... Fig. 17.1
Ambient Temperature Sensor................................................. Fig. 06.2
Antenna Module.................................................................... Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module .............................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module ............. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
Audio Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
CKP Sensor............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Audio Unit ............................................................................ Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
Clutch Cancel Switch ............................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Clutch Pedal Safety Switch ..................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Cooling Fans.......................................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Autolamps Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Automatic Transmission......................................................... Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Battery Saver Relay ................................................................ Fig. 01.5
Curtain Airbag Igniters ........................................................... Fig. 17.1
Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Defrost Door Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Blower (Automatic) ................................................................ Fig. 06.2
Blower (Manual) .................................................................... Fig. 06.1
Blower Series Resistor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Discharge Temperature Sensor ............................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Brake Fluid Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Door Courtesy Lamps ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Door Latch Assembly – LH Front ............................................ Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
Brake Pressure Sensor............................................................ Fig. 05.2
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Component Index
Door Latch Assembly – RH Front............................................ Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
Fuel Pump Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ............................................ Fig. 03.2
Fuel Pump Relay (2.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.4
General Electronic Control Module ........................................ Fig. 01.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Door Latch Assemblies – Rear ................................................ Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Door Switch Pack – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Door Switch Pack – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Door Switch Packs – Rear....................................................... Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................................... Fig. 17.1
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 05.2
Generator.............................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Glove Box Lamp.................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Dynamic Stability Control Switch ........................................... Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Handset Receiver (NAS) ......................................................... Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
EFT Sensor............................................................................. Fig. 03.1
Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................................... Fig. 10.1
EMS Control Relay ................................................................. Fig. 01.6
Handset Receiver (ROW)........................................................ Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Hazard Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ...................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Hazard, Seat Heater Switches ................................................. Fig. 09.2
Headlamp Leveling Control Module ....................................... Fig. 08.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Engine Control Module (2.0L)................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Headlamp Units .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
EVAP Canister Close Valve ..................................................... Fig. 03.1
High Mount Stop Lamp .......................................................... Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
EVAP Canister Purge Valve .................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.1
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2
HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Fog Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Hood Security Switch............................................................. Fig. 12.3
Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Fold Flat Module ................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Horn Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 19.1
Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator......................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Front Axle Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Front Impact Sensor .............................................................. Fig. 17.1
FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
Idle Speed Control Valve........................................................ Fig. 03.3
Ignition Capacitor .................................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Fuel Injectors......................................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Ignition Modules and Coils..................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Fuel Level Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Fuel Pump (2.5L & 3.0L)......................................................... Fig. 03.2
Fuel Pump (2.0L) ................................................................... Fig. 03.4
Ignition Relay ........................................................................ Fig. 01.4
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Component Index
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switch....................................................................... Fig. 01.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Navigation GPS Antenna ........................................................ Fig. 16.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
Oil Pressure Switch................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Output Speed Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 04.1
Panel / Floor Actuator ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Parking Aid Control Module................................................... Fig. 18.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1
Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 18.1
IMT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver .................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
In-Car Temperature Sensor .................................................... Fig. 06.2
Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Passive Security Sounder........................................................ Fig. 12.3
Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 01.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Power Distribution Fuse Box .................................................. Fig. 01.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Instrument Cluster ................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1
J Gate Assembly ..................................................................... Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Power Wash Pump................................................................ Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Power Wash Pump Relay ....................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
JaguarNet GPS Antenna ......................................................... Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Rain Sensing Control Module ................................................. Fig. 13.2
Rain Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Rear Axle Sensor.................................................................... Fig. 08.7
Rear Interior Lamp................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Knock Sensor ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
License Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Reverse Lamps Relay.............................................................. Fig. 08.3
MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Reverse Lamps Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
Main Beam / Front Fog Relay.................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
MAP Sensor........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Master Lighting Switch ........................................................... Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Mid Bass Speakers ................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Seat Back Heaters .................................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 17.1
Seat Belt Switches .................................................................. Fig. 17.1
Seat Cushion Heaters ............................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Heater Modules.............................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Heater Switches ............................................................. Fig. 11.3
Seat Lumbar Pumps ............................................................... Fig. 11.1
Seat Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.1
Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Component Index
Seat Movement Motors .......................................................... Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Seat Position Switch – Driver.................................................. Fig. 17.1
Transmission Range Sensor .................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Seat Switch Packs .................................................................. Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Seat Weight Pressure Sensor – Passenger................................ Fig. 17.1
Seat Weight Sensing Control Module – Passenger ................... Fig. 17.1
Security Indicator .................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 17.1
Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 17.1
Trunk Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1
Trunk Lamp........................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Trunk Lock Motor .................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Side Marker Lamp – Front ...................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Trunk Release Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Side Marker Lamp – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Turn Repeaters ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................. Fig. 14.3
Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 06.2
Speakers ................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Turn Signal Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Speed Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Speed Control Control Module .............................................. Fig. 03.4
Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Tweeters ............................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Vacuum Module .................................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Vacuum Pump....................................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Steering Wheel ...................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Sub Woofer ........................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Vanity Mirror Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
Variable Assist Servo .............................................................. Fig. 10.1
Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ........................... Fig. 16.7
Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 16.7
Vehicle Information Sensor .................................................... Fig. 16.7
TCM Relay ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Telematics Display ................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
Voice Activation Control Module ........................................... Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (NAS) ........................................ Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Washer Fluid Level Switch ..................................................... Fig. 07.1
Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (ROW) ...................................... Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (NAS) ..................................... Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Window Motor Assemblies .................................................... Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (ROW) ................................... Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Television Antennas and Amplifiers........................................ Fig. 16.7
Throttle Body ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1
Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Throttle Motor Relay.............................................................. Fig. 03.1
TP Sensor (2.5L & 3.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.1
TP Sensor (2.0L) ..................................................................... Fig. 03.3
Traction Control Switch ......................................................... Fig. 05.3
Windshield Heater Relay........................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Windshield Washer Pump..................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Windshield Wiper Motor Relay .............................................. Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Wiper Motor Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Trailer Connector .................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Wiper Switch Assembly.......................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Yaw Rate Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Trailer Towing Control Module .............................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Trailer Towing Rear Accessory Connector............................... Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Transit Isolation Device.......................................................... Fig. 01.1
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
User Instructions
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
EachFigurerepresentsaspecificelectricalsystemofthevehicle. TheFiguresarearrangednumericallybysystem (01-PowerDistribution,
02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).
Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user
to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed
Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user
must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is
supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be
expectedatthecontrolmoduleconnectorpinswithallcircuitconnectionsmadeandallcomponentsconnectedandfitted. Thisinformation
is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
FIGURE NUMBER
COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Fig. 02.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
S
S
IP5-18
SCP
–
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IP5-19
SCP
+
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L
PA5
EN16
2-WAY
/
BLACK
BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
&
3.0L)
134-WAY
/
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY
23-WAY
23-WAY
23-WAY
23-WAY
/
/
/
/
/
GREY
GREEN
BROWN
WHITE
BLUE
Instrument Cluster
IP6
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
J
B172
D
D
I
IP10-3
IP10-4
IP10-5
IP10-6
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP10-22
IP10-23
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PATS GROUND: GROUND
GENERATOR
EN49
IP18
4-WAY
7-WAY
/
/
BLACK
BLACK
ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT PANEL
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY
26-WAY
/
/
YELLOW
YELLOW
O
C
C
S
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
CAN
CAN
SCP
SCP
+
–
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
IP15
—
4-WAY
—
/
GREEN
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
+
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION)
ST2
ST3
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
S
–
STARTER MOTOR (LATER PRODUCTION)
EN700
ST2
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
I
I
I
IP11-7
IP11-8
IP11-11
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
POWER GROUND: GROUND
STARTER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
J
B156
10-WAY / BLACK
Engine Control Module (2.5L
&
3.0L)
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
I
EN16-006
EN16-031
EN16-031
EN16-041
EN16-053
EN16-065
EN16-079
EN16-123
EN16-124
ENGINE CRANK: B+
EN700
1-WAY
/
J
/
UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
STARTER SOLENOID
PARK
/
NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED
/
GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
J
J
J
J
B1
42-WAY
16-WAY
22-WAY
BLACK
GREEN
/
J
UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
/
B2
/
/
J
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL
LH LOWER POST
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL
J
UNCTION FUSE BOX
O
I
B129
B145
/
GREY
/
/
INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO
J
UNCTION BOX HARNESS
A
GENERATOR CHARGE:
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL:
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND
V
ARIABLE VOLTAGE
ARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
8-WAY
/
BLACK
ENGINE HARNESS TO UNCTION BOX HARNESS
J
J
UNCTION FUSE BOX
O
I
V
=
=
C
C
CAN
CAN
–
GROUNDS
Ground
+
Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
G13
G16
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
/
/
ENGINE BLOCK
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
LH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
/
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
Sensor
Sensor
/
/
Signal Supply
Signal Ground
V
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE
MODEL RANGE AND YEAR
TITLE
FIGURE NUMBER
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L
&
3.0L
Fig. 02.1
B
B
G12A
G12B
B
B
7
JB160
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
KEY-IN
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4
STARTER
RELAY
II
R10
4
5
3
1
OY
Y
Y
Y
Y
28
III
JB1-42
2
Y
Y
N
Y
B
GO
GO
JBS34
IP18-7
JB129-11
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
P
N
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
39
II
JB156-10
(AUTO)
JB156-6
Y
(1)
(2)
ST3
EN700-1
Y
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR
EN700
(ROW)
U
(ROW)
B
B
ST2
GO
(NAS)
RW
PA5-1
W
(NAS)
B
(MAN)
14
II
PA5-2
JB2-16
JB2-12
STARTER MOTOR
NOTATION:
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
(1) Early production vehicles
(2) Later production vehicles
B
Y
I
S
S
20.2
IP6-8
IP5-19
IP5-18
O.K. TO START
U
20.2
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
START
O
IP10-22
IP10-23
GO
Y
B
O
61
ENGINE
IP11-7
JB1-40
JB1-34
JB145-5
EN16-41
EN16-6
GR
41
B
II
CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST
GR
Y
EN49-2
ST4
15
B
I
I
II
IP11-11
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
B
P,
N
EN16-31
OG
O
I
FIELD
EN16-65
EN16-53
EN16-79
EN49-3
RG
U
CHARGE
G
EN49-1
PATS POWER
IP10-6
GENERATOR
LOAD
I
G
Y
G
Y
EN49-4
C
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
IP10-18
IP10-17
EN16-123
EN16-124
O.K. TO START
GENERATOR WARNING
O
WG
B
D
GENERATOR
C
20.1
IP15-4
IP10-4
IP10-3
IP10-5
G
D
IP15-1
IP15-3
IP15-2
PATS GROUND
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
B
P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
I
B
+
+
–
C
D
2
VARIANT: 2.5L
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
&
3.0L Vehicles
Input
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply
V
CAN
SCP
D2B Network
1
11
12
II
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
B
B
E
E
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS
VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND
DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbols and Codes
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Control Module Pin Symbols
C
I
X
Battery power supply
Input
CAN network
X
O
S
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I)
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)
Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply
Engine Managem ent System power supply
Figure num ber reference
Output
SCP network
I
D
B
X
+
2
Battery voltage
Power ground
Sensor/signal supply V *
Sensor/signal ground **
D2B network
II
X
P
+
–
D
Serial and encoded data
B
X
E
XX.X
CAN
SCP
D2B
Controller Area Network
Standard Corporate Protocol network
D2B network
*
May also indicate Reference Voltage.
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.
Wiring Symbols
Motor
Splice
Potentiom eter
Sim plified splice
Bulb
Power distribution box term inal
Capacitor
Pressure transducer
Resistor
Connector
Diode
Solenoid
Suppression diode
Suppression resistor
Therm istor
Eyelet and stud
Fuse
Ground
Transistor
Hall effect sensor
Wire continued
Zener diode
H
Light em itting diode (LED)
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Symbols and Codes
Harness Codes
Wiring Color Codes
AC Climate Control
AL LH Side Airbag
AR RH Side Airbag
BL LH Rear Door
BR RH Rear Door
CA Cabin
N
B
Brown
Black
White
Pink
O
S
Orange
Slate
W
K
G
R
L
U
P
Light
Blue
Green
Red
Purple
BRD Braid
EN Engine
Y
Yellow
BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)
FB Front Bumper
FL LH Front Door
FR RH Front Door
FT Fuel Tank
Code Numbering
Whennumberingconnectors, groundsandsplices, JaguarEngineer-
ingusesathree-positionformat:AC001, AC002, etc. Becausespace
is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been
shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes
AC2-1, etc.
GC Cooling Pack
IL Injector Rail
IP
Instrument Panel
J B Junction Box
LF LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
LR LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
LS LH Front Seat
NA Navigation System
PA Pedals
PH Telephone
RB Rear Bumper
RC Roof Console
RF RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
RS RH Front Seat
TL Trunk Lid
TM Trunk Main
VM Vacuum Module
VP Vacuum Pump
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbols and Codes
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Grounds
There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),
B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,
which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S
L
R
SINGLE EYELET
EYELET PAIR
Ground
EXAMPLE:
Ground
Ground stud num ber 15
Ground stud num ber 30
G15AS
G30CR
Single eyelet
Eyelet pair, RH leg
Third eyelet on stud
First eyelet on stud
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in
parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:
LHD Vehicles
G15AR
(G4AR)
G30AS
Sam e for LHD and RHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles
Relays
All relays are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relay connector
(base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay in the vehicle is identified by a unique “R” number.
EXAMPLE:
R6
4
5
R2
3
1
3
1
5
2
2
CHANGE-OVER RELAY
NORMALLY OPEN RELAY
Fuses
All fuses are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse in the vehicle is identified by a unique
“F” number.
EXAMPLE:
F67 30A
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control
modules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
SCP
Y
U
Y
U
S
S
S
S
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
IP5-1
IP5-2
IP10-1
IP10-2
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Network Configuration
ABS, ABS/ TC OR DSC
CONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CD
AUTOCHANGER
DSC
YAW RATE SENSOR
AUDIO UNIT
NETWORK GATEWAY
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
D2B
J GATE
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
DSC
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
ROOF
CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
NETWORK GATEWAY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
CAN
SCP
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK
NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.
REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Relay and Fuse Location
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
F32 F31 F30 F29
5A 10A 30A 30A
F10
20A
F9
50A
F7
50A
F6
30A
F5
30A
F4
30A
F3
60A
F2
50A
F1
20A
F8
80A
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
HORN RELAY
F42 F41 F40 F39 F38 F37 F36
30A 10A 15A 5A 30A 15A 10A
F19 F18 F17 F16 F15
15A 20A 20A 20A 30A
F13
30A
D2
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
A/ C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
EMS CONTROL RELAY
TCM RELAY
R5
R6
F28 F27 F26 F25 F24 F23 F22 F21 F20
15A 10A 15A 15A 15A 10A 20A 15A 5A
R9
R7
R2
R1
DIP BEAM RELAY
R10 STARTER RELAY
R10
R11 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5L & 3.0L);
FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0L)
R11
R8
R3
R4
FRONT OF VEHICLE
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
R15
R21
R19
R15 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
R16 NOT USED
R17 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
R18 IGNITION RELAY
R20
R17
R18
R19 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
R20 A/ C BLOWER RELAY
R21 BATTERY SAVER RELAY
F60 F61 F62 F63 F64
F66
F67
20A 20A 7. 5A 7. 5A 7. 5A
30A
5A
F68
15A
F69 F70 F71 F72 F73 F74 F75
7. 5A 30A 15A 15A 15A 15A 7. 5A
F77 F78
7. 5 A 5A
79 F80 F81 F82 F83 F84 F85 F86 F87
10A 7. 5A 20A 10A 15A 5A 7. 5A 7. 5A 15A
F90 F91
F92 F93 F94 F95 F96 F97 F98 F99
7. 5A 10A
10A 30A 20A 10A 7. 5A 7. 5A 10A 10A
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Fuse Box Connectors
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX – FRONT
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX – REAR
J B50
1
2
4
CA76
CA75
IP4
1
9
8
3
14
7
8
1
1
5
4
8
16
IP2
16
8
9
1
J B52
CA77
1
2
1
2
IP1
CA78
J B51
IP3
14
7
8
1
1
9
8
1
9
8
2
1
16
16
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Main Power Distribution
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
BATTERY
+
GENERATOR
–
BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND
(UNDER BATTERY TRAY)
–
STARTER
POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
ENGINE HARNESS: EN
–
J UNCTION BOX HARNESS: J B
CENTRAL J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
CABIN HARNESS: CA
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Harness Layout
FRONT BUMPER HARNESS: FB
VACUUM MODULE HARNESS: VM
COOLING PACK HARNESS: GC
INJ ECTOR RAIL HARNESS: IJ
VACUUM PUMP HARNESS: VP
ENGINE HARNESS: EN
LH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LF
RH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RF
J UNCTION BOX HARNESS: J B
PEDAL HARNESS: PA
AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS: AC
RH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FR
LH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FL
RHD INSTRUMENT PACK
HARNESS DEVIATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS: IP
ROOF HARNESS: RC
CABIN HARNESS: CA
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
HARNESS: NA
RH SEAT HARNESS: RS
LH SEAT HARNESS: LS
LH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BL
TELEPHONE HARNESS: TL
RH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BR
LH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LR
RH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RR
TRUNK LID HARNESS: TL
TRUNK MAIN HARNESS: TM
REAR BUMPER HARNESS: RB
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ground Point Location
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
G32 – UNDER
LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)
G18 – UNDER
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G10 – UNDER
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 – UNDER
LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET
(A/ C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
GROUND)
G16 – UNDER BATTERY TRAY
(BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)
G33 – BEHIND
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)
G13 – ENGINE BLOCK
(BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)
G8 – RH FRONT
INNER WHEEL ARCH
G14 – REARWARD OF POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G37 – LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G15 – LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G35 – LH ‘E’ POST, LOWER
(FUEL PUMP GROUND)
G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST
(HIGH MOUNT
STOP LAMP GROUND)
G3 – LH ‘E’ POST
(HEATED REAR WINDOW
GROUND)
G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR
NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Location
COOLING FAN MODULE
ABS, ABS/ TC OR DSC
CONTROL MODULE
VACUUM MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
(REMOTE)
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITH
CONTROL PANEL)
SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
RAIN SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
YAW RATE SENSOR
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD
J GATE MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
LH SEAT HEATER MODULE
RH SEAT HEATER MODULE
FUEL PUMP MODULE
TRAFFIC MASTER
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Control Module Pin Identification
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Control Module Pin Identification
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Control Module Pin Identification
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Control Module Pin Identification
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
—
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
IP2
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
IP18
IP132
—
IGNITION SWITCH
STEERING COLUMN
LOWER RH A POST
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
BATTERY
INERTIA SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
J B186
2-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
J B3
14-WAY / BLUE / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
J B130
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G13
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Main Power Distribution
Main Power Distribution
Fig. 01.1
B
B
B
02.1 02.2
04.1 04.2
7
STARTER
B
G12A
JB160
JB180
B
G12B
UY
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
8
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
G12A
G12B
ENGINE
GROUND
CHASSIS
GROUND
BATTERY
-ve POST
W
W
W
W
23
II
JB186-1
JB186-2
JBS42
IP2-1
JB130-5
F67 5A
TIMER
UY
UY
JBS41
NOTE: JBS41 – Automatic Transmission vehicles only.
TRANSIT ISOLATION
RELAY
OY
OY
06.1 06.2
06.1 06.2
1
2
JB182
OY
JB184
JBS29
OY
OG
03.1 03.4
3
JB35-32
JB35-49
JB35-51
JB35-31
F18 20A
KEY-IN
UY
JB35-50
JB35-52
F27 10A
F28 15A
I
R
R
R
4
IP18-4
JB3-1
II
GO
IP18-1
GO
IP132-2
IPS45
IP132-1
GU
GU
IPS44
III
IP132-3
IP3-1
INERTIA SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
01.4
9
JB35-6
JB35-10
JB35-14
JB35-16
JB35-5
JB35-9
JB52-1
JB50-4
JB50-1
JB52-2
F2 50A
F4 30A
F6 30A
F7 50A
06.1 06.2
10
11
12
06.1 06.2
06.1 06.2
JB35-13
JB35-15
13
5
6
01.2
01.6
01.2
01.2
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
–
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
IP2
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
CA20
CA25
CA30
CA36
CA65
CA70
CA169
CA407
CA414
J B1
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
DRIVER SIDE A POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
LH B/C POST
RH B/C POST
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
LH LOWER A POST
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
14-WAY / BLUE / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
J B3
J B129
J B188
2-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery Power Distribution
Battery Power Distribution
Fig. 01.2
6
13
GO
08.1 08.2 08.7
08.1 08.2
01.5
14
17
33
34
35
JB35-4
JB35-8
JB35-12
JB35-3
JB35-7
JB35-11
F1 20A
F3 60A
F5 30A
R
R
05.1 05.2 05.3
05.1 05.2 05.3
15
16
NR
NR
NR
NR
01.5
JBS63
OY
OY
04.1 04.2
14.1 14.2
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
NOTE: JBS63 – Automatic Transmission
CA78-7
CA78-6
CA78-12
CA78-11
CA77-1
CA25-4
CA15-8
CA30-4
CA20-8
vehicles only.
GB
R
GB
R
OY
OY
OY
OG
OY
OY
OY
OG
OG
OG
OG
OY
OY
OY
OY
OY
NR
NR
NR
NR
OY
OY
OY
OY
OY
NW
O
F60 20A
16.6 16.7
14.1 14.2
14.1 14.2
14.1 14.2
11.1 11.2 11.3
11.3
18
19
JB35-35
JB35-37
JB35-39
JB35-41
JB35-43
JB35-45
JB35-47
JB35-36
JB35-38
JB35-40
JB35-42
JB35-44
JB35-46
JB35-48
JB3-12
F20 5A
F21 15A
F22 20A
F23 10A
F24 15A
F25 15A
F26 15A
08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 09.2
JB3-5
WR
RU
OY
O
F61 20A
F66 30A
01.3
20
21
(1)
(2)
OG
03.2 03.4
CA65-15
OY
O
12.1 12.2 12.3 13.1 13.2 14.1 14.2 14.3 19.1
22
23
OG
01.5 07.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 09.1 12.3 13.1 13.2
11.1 11.2
11.1
LSS2
OY
12.3 19.1
24
OY
OY
19.1
IP4-1
F68 15A
F70 30A
(3)
(4)
OY
11.1 11.2 11.3
11.3
CA78-5
CA70-15
OY
11.1 11.2
11.1
5
RSS2
B
WG
U
NG
03.2 03.4
25
JB34-72
JB34-74
JB34-76
JB34-78
JB34-80
JB34-82
JB34-84
JB34-73
JB34-75
JB34-77
JB34-79
JB34-81
JB34-83
JB34-85
JB188-1
NR
NR
F8 80A
F9 50A
16.7
CA414-1
01.6
26
27
28
16.3 16.4 16.5
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
20.1 20.2
16.6 16.7
15.1 15.2
16.6 16.7
15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
14.3
13.1 13.2
02.1 02.2
NR
OY
NR
F10 20A
F29 30A
F30 30A
F31 10A
F32 5A
CAS72
PHS1
OY
N
CA76-10
IP1-6
CA407-9
F71 15A
N
N
19.1
29
30
N
NOTE: CAS72 – VICS only.
IPS42
JB3-14
N
08.4 08.5 08.6 19.1
WU
NR
CA169-3
01.6
31
OY
NR
CA414-3
03.1 03.3
32
(5)
(6)
(7)
JB1-31
OY
OY
CAS60
OY
CA78-1
CA414-3
F72 15A
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NW
O
IP1-14
CA78-2
CA78-3
CA36-14
F73 15A
F74 15A
NR
O
NR
O
15.2
02.1 02.2 07.1 12.1 12.2 12.3
IP1-9
U
U
06.1 06.2
12.3
U
U
IP2-15
JB129-5
N
N
10.2
CA76-11
CA76-12
F75 7.5A
NOTATION:
(1) Single Function LH Seat
(2) Powered LH Seat with Heater
(3) Single Function RH Seat
(4) Powered RH Seat with Heater
(5) CD Autochanger and Navigation
(6) Navigation Only
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
(7) CD Only
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R4
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
IP2
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
—
7-WAY / BLACK
—
STEERING COLUMN
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA129
CA170
CA230
CA240
CA241
CA407
CA414
J B129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)
Fig. 01.3
KEY-IN
R4
4
5
NG
NG
NG
1
19.1
I
3
1
WR
GW
NG
B
NG
CA240-9
20
CAS27
I
CA170-16
2
08.4 08.5 08.6 19.1
I
2
R
GW
IP18-6
GW
B
4
IP18-4
IPS53
JB129-18
JBS55
II
ACCESSORY
POWER RELAY
G14AL
III
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
(1)
YU
YG
YU
YG
YG
YG
3
07.1
I
GW
IP4-6
IP4-5
IP2-14
4
F69 7.5A
16.6 16.7
15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
I
5
I
IPS33
YG
6
I
CA230-1
NOTE: NAS2 – VICS only.
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
7
16.7
I
YG
YG
YG
NAS2
CA414-02
CA129-1
8
16.6 16.7
I
YG
YG
9
18.1
I
CAS39
CA241-12
10
16.3 16.4 16.5
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
I
YG
NOTE: CAS39 – VICS, Navigation, and/or
PHS4
CA407-10
Reverse Parking Aid only.
11
I
NOTE: PHS4 – Voice only.
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
IP2
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
IGNITION RELAY
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
—
—
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R18
STEERING COLUMN
IP18
IP132
7-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
LOWER RH A POST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA10
CA15
CA20
CA30
CA36
CA65
CA70
CA170
CA230
CA240
CA407
J B1
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
DRIVER SIDE A POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
LH LOWER A POST
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / BLUE / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
LH LOWER A POST
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
LH LOWER A POST
J B2
J B3
J B129
J B130
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)
Fig. 01.4
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
KEY-IN
(CONTINUED)
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY
CONTINUES TO THE LEFT
I
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
RW
RW
N
31
08.7
II
R
IP4-10
4
IP18-4
R18
29
32
08.3
08.3
06.1 06.2
06.2
II
II
3
2
5
1
II
GR
GU
UNLOCK DOORS
12.1 12.2
9
IPS45
GO
IP18-1
GO
IP132-2
IP132-3
30
33
II
II
IP132-1
GU
IPS44
III
IP3-1
WR
34
06.1
II
-ve BUS
IPS64
INERTIA SWITCH
IGNITION
RELAY
35
20.1 20.2
04.1 04.2
03.2 03.4
03.2 03.4 04.1 04.2
02.1 02.2 04.1 04.2
04.1 04.2 08.3
02.1 02.2
10.1
II
IGNITION SWITCH
(II)
CA75-4
CA75-5
IP2-12
F94 20A
F80 7.5A
36
II
WR
RW
CA230-14
JB130-20
RW
RW
37
II
RW
JB1-30
JBS21
GU
GU
GO
GU
12
38
03.1 03.3
03.1 03.3
II
II
JB129-12
JB129-19
JB3-2
JB1-15
JB1-32
JB2-14 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-5 (2.0 L)
NOTE: JBS21 – Manual Transmission only.
N
GO
GO
GO
GO
13
39
II
II
CA76-15
JB51-13
JB51-14
CA170-14
F92 10A
F82 10A
GB
GR
GR
GB
GR
GR
14
40
02.1 02.2 04.1 04.2
II
II
JB1-2
41
II
JB1-13
42
II
IP2-8
GO
GR
GR
GR
GR
G
15
02.1 02.2 07.1 12.3
JB51-15
II
IP1-1
O
O
43
13.1 13.2
II
IP4-14
JB3-6
16
F83 15A
F62 7.5A
17.1
II
IPS63
IP1-8
F84 5A
GR
GR
GB
GB
GU
17
44
17.1
08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6
II
II
IP1-4
CA1-3
CA70-3
JB3-8
IP1-7
G
GU
18
45
17.1
14.1 14.2
14.1
II
II
JB51-8
JB51-10
GU
CA30-5
F95 10A
F96 7.5A
CAS20
GW
GW
CA78-15
(LHD)
GU
19
46
05.1 05.2 05.3
II
II
GU
NOTE: CAS20 – Rear Power
Windows only.
CA20-9
GU
47
14.2
II
W
(RHD) GU
20
12.3
II
FRS4
GU
48
10.2 14.2
14.1 14.2
14.2
II
W
W
21
05.1 05.2 05.3
08.1 08.2 08.7
01.1
II
GW
GW
GW
GW
GW
GW
WU
WU** BR
OY
49
II
W
W
GW
CA25-5
22
II
JBS42
CAS71
IP2-1
JB130-5
CA78-14
(RHD)
F67 5A
F91 10A
50
II
W
23
II
NOTE: CAS71 – Rear Power
Windows only.
CA15-9
51
14.1
II
W
(LHD) GW
24
04.1 04.2
II
FLS3
52
10.2 14.1
14.3
II
WR
GB
Y
WR
WR
25
16.3 16.4 16.5
II
JB51-1
JB51-11
IP2-6
CA10-11
CA240-2
CA407-11
53
II
WU
GB
GB
GB
GB
CA78-13
CA36-12
26
54
** NOTE: WU – early production vehicles.
11.3
11.3
10.1
II
II
GB
CA70-9
CA65-9
CAS70
OY
F77 7.5A
F78 5A
27
55
19.1
II
II
IP4-1
F68 15A
F90 7.5A
F81 20A
IP4-9
NR
56
03.2 03.4
II
Y
NR
NR
NR
28
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
II
PAS3
CA76-9
CA407-8
CA76-16
CA170-13
JB2-2 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-2 (2.0 L)
NR
57
03.1 03.3 03.4 05.1 05.2 05.3 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6
II
CA78-10
CA78-9
IP1-10
NOTE: PAS3 – Cruise Control only.
NG
GR
NG
58
03.2 03.4
13.1 13.2
13.1 13.2
13.1 13.2
13.1 13.2
13.1 13.2
II
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY
CONTINUED FROM THE RIGHT
CA10-7
GR
59
II
NOTE: CA10-7 – 2.0L only.
NOTE: The Central Junction Fuse Box
incorporates a negative (ground)
bus bar. Circuits completed to
ground via the bus are identified
by the code “-ve BUS”.
GR
60
II
JBS25
JB51-9
GR
61
II
F93 30A
GW
GW
62
II
GW
IPS70
-ve BUS
IP2-7
GW
63
II
JB3-6
NOTE: IPS70 – Later Production vehicles only.
B
B
CAS10
CA76-5
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
G15AR*
G15AL
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
(CONTINUES)
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
O
CA86-5
IP5-20
IP6-1
POWER GROUND: GROUND
BATTERY SAVER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R21
BATTERY SAVER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SG
B+
J B172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
IP2
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
J B172
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA16
CA21
CA36
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH LOWER A POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver
Fig. 01.5
R21
4
5
O
B
23
3
1
JB172-5
34
35
2
B
B
O
IP5-20
IP4-3
BATTERY
SAVER
CONTROL
BATTERY SAVER
RELAY
OY
64
06.1 06.2
09.1
B
OY
OY
WR
OY
OY
OY
OY
OY
OY
OY
65
B
B
B
OY
IPS12
IP6-1
IP4-11
66
09.1
B
P
CA86-5
67
06.2
B
G5AS
(G5AR)
68
G4AL
09.1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
B
69
09.1
B
OY
OY
OY
RCS3
CA76-6
CA36-16
70
F99 10A
09.1
B
71
09.1 19.1
09.1
B
NOTE:
OY
OY
72
“Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes and
automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.
B
CA21-4
73
09.1
GECM timers are started when the ignition key has been switched to the I (accessory)
or 0 (off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is / are switched off.
B
CAS30
CA76-14
CA16-4
74
09.1
When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled and the
battery saver timer is reset:
B
NOTE: CAS30 – Door Courtesy Lamps only.
•
•
•
the ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).
any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.
any unlock is activated.
Battery saver is also active when GECM diagnostic mode is entered.
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
EMS CONTROL RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R7
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10
EN4
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJ ECTOR RAIL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
J B1
J B187
2-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution
Fig. 01.6
5
R7
3
1
5
2
WG
WU
WG
WU
WU
26
31
JB34-74
JB34-82
JB34-75
JB34-83
F9 50A
B
B
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
03.1 03.3
JB34-90
JB34-91
JB1-41
F31 10A
D2
(EMS DIODE)
EMS CONTROL
RELAY
GW
GY
75
03.2 03.4
E
76
03.2 03.4
E
GU
GR
GB
77
03.2 03.4
E
WU
NR
NR
NR
GR
ILS1
JB34-102
JB34-103
JB1-33
EN4-6
78
F41 10A
03.2 03.4
E
79
03.2 03.4
E
GN
WG
WG
WR
WR
NG
NG
WG
WG
WG
WG
GU
GU
GU
80
03.2 03.4
E
81
03.1 03.3
E
WU
WU
WG
WG
WR
WG
ENS13
ENS4
JB34-96
JB34-97
JB1-1
JB1-9
JB1-11
82
F38 30A
F42 30A
03.1 03.3
E
83
03.1 03.3
E
WR
WR
NG
JBS47
JB34-104
JB34-105
84
03.1 03.3
E
85
03.1 03.3
E
WU
WU
NG
NG
ENS27
JB34-98
JB34-94
JB34-99
JB34-95
86
F39 5A
03.1 03.3
E
WG
WG
WG
WG
87
03.2 03.4
E
JBS46
JB187-2
F37 15A
88
04.1
E
WG
WG
GU
89
03.1 03.3
E
ENS11
JB1-35
90
03.1 03.3
E
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
91
03.1 03.3
E
92
03.1
E
CA10-2
CA5-10
GU
93
03.1 03.3
E
WU
GU
JB1-5
JBS44
JB34-92
JB34-93
94
F36 10A
03.1 03.4
03.2 03.4
13.1 13.2
E
95
E
96
E
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
S
S
IP5-18
SCP –
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IP5-19
SCP +
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
PA5
EN16
2-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
Instrument Cluster
IP6
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
J B172
D
D
I
IP10-3
IP10-4
IP10-5
IP10-6
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP10-22
IP10-23
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
GENERATOR
EN49
IP18
4-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT PANEL
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PATS GROUND: GROUND
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
O
C
C
S
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
CAN +
CAN –
SCP +
SCP –
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
IP15
—
4-WAY / GREEN
—
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
ST2
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
S
ST3 / EN700
STARTER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I
I
I
IP11-7
IP11-8
IP11-11
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
J B156
10-WAY / BLACK
POWER GROUND: GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Connector
Connector Description
Location
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
EN700
J B1
1-WAY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
STARTER SOLENOID
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
LH LOWER A POST
I
I
EN16-006
EN16-031
EN16-031
EN16-041
EN16-053
EN16-065
EN16-079
EN16-123
EN16-124
ENGINE CRANK: B+
J B2
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
J B129
J B145
I
O
I
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
O
I
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
CAN –
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
C
C
CAN +
G13
G16
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L
Fig. 02.1
B
G12A
B
7
B
JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4
STARTER
RELAY
II
R10
4
5
3
1
OY
Y
Y
Y
Y
28
III
JB1-42
2
Y
N
Y
Y
GO
GO
JBS34
IP18-7
JB129-11
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
P
N
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
39
II
B
JB156-10
(AUTO)
Y
Y
(1)
(2)
JB156-6
ST3
EN700-1
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR
EN700
(ROW)
U
(ROW)
B
B
ST2
GO
(NAS)
RW
W
(NAS)
B
(MAN)
14
II
PA5-1
PA5-2
JB2-16
JB2-12
STARTER MOTOR
NOTATION:
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
(1) Early production vehicles
(2) Later production vehicles
Y
B
I
S
S
20.2
IP6-8
IP5-19
IP5-18
O.K. TO START
U
20.2
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
START
O
IP10-22
IP10-23
GO
Y
B
O
61
ENGINE
IP11-7
JB1-40
JB1-34
JB145-5
EN16-41
EN16-6
GR
B
41
II
CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST
GR
Y
EN49-2
ST4
B
15
I
I
II
IP11-11
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
B
P, N
EN16-31
OG
O
I
FIELD
EN16-65
EN16-53
EN16-79
EN49-3
RG
U
CHARGE
G
EN49-1
PATS POWER
IP10-6
GENERATOR
LOAD
I
G
Y
G
Y
EN49-4
C
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
IP10-18
IP10-17
EN16-123
EN16-124
O.K. TO START
GENERATOR WARNING
O
WG
B
D
GENERATOR
20.1
C
IP15-4
IP10-4
IP10-3
IP10-5
G
D
IP15-1
IP15-3
IP15-2
PATS GROUND
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
B
P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 02.2
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
S
S
IP5-18
SCP –
BATTERY
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IP5-19
SCP +
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
EN16
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Instrument Cluster
IP6
J B172
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
GENERATOR
EN49
IP18
4-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT PANEL
D
D
I
IP10-3
IP10-4
IP10-5
IP10-6
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP10-22
IP10-23
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
PATS GROUND: GROUND
O
C
C
S
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
IP15
—
4-WAY / GREEN
—
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
CAN +
CAN –
SCP +
SCP –
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION)
ST2
1-WAY EYELET
1-WAY EYELET
ST3 / EN700
S
STARTER RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
J B156
10-WAY / BLACK
I
I
I
IP11-7
IP11-8
IP11-11
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
POWER GROUND: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Connector
Connector Description
Location
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
EN700
J B1
1-WAY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
STARTER SOLENOID
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
J B129
J B145
I
O
I
EN65-006
EN65-008
EN65-035
EN65-043
EN65-068
EN65-085
EN65-085
EN65-088
EN65-089
ENGINE CRANK: B+
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALSGROUNDS
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
J B196
Ground
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
Location
I
G13
G16
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
O
I
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
I
C
C
CAN –
CAN +
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L
Fig. 02.2
B
G12A
B
7
B
JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS
G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4
STARTER
RELAY
II
R10
4
5
3
1
OY
Y
Y
Y
Y
28
III
JB1-42
2
Y
N
Y
Y
GO
GO
JBS34
IP18-7
JB129-11
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
P
N
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
39
II
B
JB156-10
(AUTO)
JB156-6
Y
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR
EN700
ST2
B
B
GO
U
B
(MAN)
14
II
JB196-4
JB196-6
STARTER MOTOR
Y
IP5-19
U
B
I
S
S
20.2
20.2
IP6-8
O.K. TO START
IP5-18
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
IP10-22
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
O
GO
Y
B
START
O
I
61
ENGINE
IP11-7
JB1-40
JB1-34
JB145-5
EN65-068
EN65-006
EN65-085
GR
B
41
II
CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST
GR
IP10-23
Y
EN49-2
ST4
B
15
II
IP11-11
B
I
P, N
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
OG
O
I
FIELD
EN65-008
EN65-043
EN65-035
EN49-3
RG
U
CHARGE
G
EN49-1
PATS POWER
IP10-6
I
GENERATOR
LOAD
G
IP10-18
Y
G
Y
EN49-4
C
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
EN65-088
EN65-089
GENERATOR WARNING
O.K. TO START
O
WG
B
D
GENERATOR
20.1
C
IP15-4
IP10-4
IP10-3
IP10-5
IP10-17
G
D
IP15-1
IP15-3
IP15-2
PATS GROUND
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
B
P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.3.
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
EN16-001
EN16-002
EN16-004
EN16-005
EN16-006
EN16-007
EN16-008
EN16-010
EN16-012
EN16-013
EN16-017
EN16-018
EN16-019
EN16-020
EN16-022
EN16-023
EN16-024
EN16-029
EN16-030
EN16-031
EN16-031
EN16-036
EN16-037
EN16-038
EN16-039
EN16-040
EN16-041
EN16-043
EN16-044
EN16-045
EN16-046
EN16-050
EN16-052
EN16-053
EN16-054
EN16-055
EN16-056
EN16-065
EN16-066
EN16-067
EN16-068
EN16-069
EN16-070
EN16-071
EN16-073
EN16-075
EN16-076
EN16-078
EN16-079
EN16-080
EN16-081
EN16-082
EN16-083
EN16-084
EN16-091
EN16-092
EN16-093
EN16-094
EN16-095
EN16-098
EN16-100
EN16-102
EN16-103
EN16-104
EN16-105
EN16-106
EN16-107
EN16-108
EN16-109
EN16-110
EN16-111
EN16-116
EN16-123
EN16-124
EN16-127
EN16-128
EN16-129
EN16-130
EN16-134
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m s, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m s, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
APP SENSOR
PA1
6-WAY / BLACK
ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
PG
PG
I
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
ENGINE CRANK: B+
I
IGNITION ON: B+
I
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
I
IP2
SS
SS
SG
SG
SG
SG
B+
B+
B+
SG
SG
I
IP3
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
IP4
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
J B50
J B51
J B52
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND
CKP SENSOR
EN12
EN43
EN33
EN18
IL8
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
5-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
—
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ENGINE VEE, FRONT
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CMP SENSOR 1
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
CMP SENSOR 2
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
ECT SENSOR
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
EFT SENSOR
FUEL RAIL, FRONT
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
EOT SENSOR
EN16
EN25
FT5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
TOP OF FUEL TANK
I
I
SG
O
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
FTP SENSOR
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND
J B170
FT1
O
O
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2
IP SENSOR
EN14
EN9
BANK 1 EXHAUST
O
BANK 2 EXHAUST
SG
I
EN37
EN32
EN999
EN998
IL7
BANK 1 EXHAUST
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG
SG
I
BANK 2 EXHAUST
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
FUEL RAIL REAR
O
O
KNOCK SENSOR
EN23
EN6
ENGINE VEE
SG
O
THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m s, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m s, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
MAF SENSOR
ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
O
MAP SENSOR
EN8
I
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
THROTTLE BODY
—
O
EN10
EN13
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
O
I
THROTTLE MOTOR
EN10
—
2-WAY / BLACK
—
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
SG
I
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY
TP SENSOR (2.5L & 3.0L)
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
INJ ECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 V
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 V
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I
EN13
EN61
EN42
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
I
I
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
I
I
I
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O
Connector
Connector Description
Location
SG
SG
I
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
CA10
CA170
EN4
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
I
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
LH LOWER A POST
SG
O
HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJ ECTOR RAIL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 m s, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 m s = 0%, 77 m s = 30%, 256 m s = 100%
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 m s, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 m s = 0%, 77 m s = 30%, 256 m s = 100%
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
J B1
O
I
J B2
SG
I
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
GROUNDS
SG
I
SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 V
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 V
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
Ground
Location
I
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
I
D
O
THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
O
BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
BANK 1 FUEL INJ ECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
O
SG
SG
C
BANK 2 FUEL INJ ECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
CAN –
C
CAN +
I
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
I
I
SG
B+
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1
Fig. 03.1
HO2 SENSORS
UPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORS
CKP
SENSOR
CMP
KNOCK
SENSOR
MAF
SENSOR
ECT
SENSOR
EOT
SENSOR
IP
EFT
SENSOR
MAP
SENSOR
FTP
SENSOR*
DOWNSTREAM
SENSORS
SENSOR
1/1
2/1
1/2
2/2
IATS
1
2
υ
υ
υ
υ
U
U
λ
λ
EN12
-1
EN12
-2
EN43
-1
EN43
-2
EN33
-1
EN33
-2
EN23 -2 -1
EN6 -1
-3
-2
-4
-5 EN18 -2
-1 EN25 -1
-2
IL7 -3
-2
-1
IL8 -1
-2 EN8 -2 -1 -4
FT1 -3 -2 -1
EN37 -3
-4 -1
-2 EN32 -3
-4 -1
-2 EN14 -4
-3 -1
-2
EN9 -4
-3 -1
-2
81
83
82
84
93
ILS2
E
E
E
E
E
NR
Y
P
B
I
32
EN16-083
EN16-022
EN16-023
EN16-024
EN16-007
EN16-010
EN16-006
EN16-040
EN16-053
EN16-065
EN16-079
EN16-041
EN16-031
I
EN16-084
EN16-001
EN16-002
EN16-107
EN16-108
EN16-055
EN16-056
EN16-130
EN16-128
EN16-092
EN16-129
EN16-093
EN16-037
EN16-036
EN16-094
EN16-095
EN16-100
EN16-068
EN16-069
EN16-098
EN16-044
EN16-045
EN16-046
EN16-071
EN16-070
EN16-019
EN16-078
EN16-073
EN16-050
EN16-012
EN16-104
EN16-127
EN16-103
EN16-102
EN16-020
EN16-013
EN16-043
WG
WG
GO
GU
Y
RU
RU
Y
BR
BR
BG
BG
89
B
B
O
O
I
E
ENS2
ENS3
BR
BR
BG
BG
ENS15
ENS5
90
E
EN4 EN4 EN4
-4 -11 -12
EN4
-10
CA5
-6
CA5
-4
CA5
-5
P
I
GO
GO
BR
N
U
N
UY
Y
P
O
B
13
O
O
I
I
II
12
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
II
I
O
I
I
02.1
01.6
02.1
02.1
02.1
02.1
02.1
B
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
O
O
CA10 CA10 CA10
-13
-18
-19
RG
OG
U
I
I
I
GENERATOR: CHARGE
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR: LOAD
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL
O
BG
G
N
I
I
JB1
-14
GO
B
N
O
I
I
GW
BW
BW
O
UY
BG
Y
U
U
OY
RG
BW
Y
I
ENS10
I
I
BG
BG
ENS6
JBS20
G
Y
JB1-17
–
+
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
EN16-123
EN16-124
EN16-105
I
I
I
W
OY
OY
ENS7
JBS45
JB1-18
I
I
I
I
Y
R
BG
Y
W
THROTTLE MOTOR
RELAY
JB1-8
JB1-7
JB1-12
JB1-3
JB1-6
JB2-6
JB2-5
R
BG
Y
4
R11
3
1
5
JB2-15
JB2-13
JB2-4
OG
GU
RW
GR
RW
B
3
BG
BG
BG
JB1-38
EN16-134
W
W
W
2
ENS26
GR
94
O
E
G
R
Y
P
GO
O
UY
OY
OY
G
JB1-39
EN16-052
O
O
I
EN16-080
EN16-106
EN16-076
EN16-075
EN16-008
EN16-067
EN16-066
EN16-039
EN16-038
EN16-110
EN16-109
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
GO
O
GO
GO
GW
GW
I
EN16-017
EN16-018
EN16-004
EN16-005
EN16-030
EN16-054
EN16-082
EN16-091
EN16-029
EN16-081
EN16-111
EN16-116
JB1-23
JBS4
JB2
-7
JB2
-8
O
CA10-20
CA170-15
O
O
O
O
O
O
JB1-29
JB1-10
-6
-7
CA170-5
P
P
CA75
JB2
-1
CA5
-9
CENTRAL
J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
RW
57
85
86
91
92
II
E
E
E
E
EN10 EN10
-1 -2
EN13 -1
-3
-2 -4
PA1 -2 -6
-4
-5 -3
-1
NOTES:
* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank
Pressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.
EN61 -2
-1 EN42 -2
-1
EN999 -2
-1
EN998 -2
-1
JB170 -2
-1
FT5 -2
-1
PA3 -1
-3
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.2)
ENS1
ENS22
ENS47
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided
wires.
B
B
B
TP1
TP2
APP1
APP2
BRD
THROTTLE
MOTOR
G8AL
G8AR
1
1
2
2
TP SENSOR
APP SENSOR
VVT
IMT
EVAP
EVAP
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
THROTTLE BODY
SOLENOID VALVES
SOLENOID VALVES
CANISTER
CANISTER
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
PURGE VALVE
CLOSE VALVE*
D
B
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
SS
SG
I
EN16-009
EN16-012
EN16-019
EN16-025
EN16-027
EN16-033
EN16-034
EN16-047
EN16-048
EN16-051
EN16-061
EN16-062
EN16-063
EN16-087
EN16-088
EN16-089
EN16-113
EN16-114
EN16-115
EN16-118
EN16-119
EN16-120
EN16-121
EN16-131
EN16-132
EN16-133
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
EN30
J B106
PA2
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
5-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE
FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 250 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O
I
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
O
I
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
COOLING FAN – LH
GC2
GC1
COOLING PACK LH SIDE
COOLING FAN – RH
COOLING PACK RH SIDE
SG
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
COOLING FAN MODULE
J B188
PWM1
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY
ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
FUEL INJ ECTOR 1
EN16
IL1
134-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 2
IL4
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 3
IL2
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 4
IL5
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 5
IL3
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 6
IL6
FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP
FT2
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP MODULE
CA105
EN94
EN51
EN54
EN52
EN55
EN53
EN56
—
UNDER REAR SEAT LH SIDE
BELOW AIR INTAKE
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STEERING WHEEL
IGNITION CAPACITOR
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
4-WAY
4-WAY
I
4-WAY
I
4-WAY
SG
4-WAY
—
SW5
4-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10
CA170
EN4
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJ ECTOR RAIL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
LH LOWER A POST
J B1
J B2
J B129
J B145
J B187
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
2-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST
G11
G17
G35
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2
Fig. 03.2
FUEL INJ ECTORS
IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
FRONT OF
ENGINE
1
3
5
2
4
6
1
3
5
2
4
6
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
2
4
6
1
3
5
4
R6
5
3
1
RG
BG
RU
GU
21
2
IL1 -1 -2
IL2 -1 -2
IL3 -1 -2
IL4 -1 -2
IL5 -1 -2
IL6 -1 -2
95
E
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1
CYLINDER NUMBERING
IGNITION
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
CAPACITOR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
75
76
77
78
79
80
E
E
E
E
E
E
JB1
-36
EN4
-1
EN4
-7
EN4
-2
EN4
-8
EN4
-3
EN4
-9
RW
37
II
ENS19
EN94 -1
-2
RG
B
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO
GU
GW
YG
GR
GU
GW
YG
GR
BG
WU
W
B
B
B
B
B
B
EN30-1
EN30-2
O
EN16-115
O
EN16-114
AIR CONDITIONING
G17AS
O
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
EN16-113
B
O
EN16-120
ENS18
O
EN16-119
O
B
EN16-118
JB1
-37
O
EN16-087
ENS17
ENS16
G8AL
O
EN16-088
I
EN16-131
EN16-089
EN16-061
EN16-062
EN16-132
EN16-063
EN16-034
EN16-051
EN16-025
EN16-027
O
O
O
NG
B
25
FANS
I
WG
WU
87
B
I
O
O
O
E
PWM1-2
PWM1-3
WU
WU
W
N
JB145-7
GC2-A
JB187-1
I
N
O
OG
O
BG
WG
U
BG
OY
WU
YR
YG
BG
BRD
BG
GC2-B
GC1-A
EN16-133
EN16-033
EN16-009
EN16-019
EN16-012
EN16-121
EN16-047
EN16-048
I
I
LH COOLING FAN
OY
R
O
O
GC1-B
I
I
RH COOLING FAN
G
O
P
B
B
JB188-2
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.1)
COOLING FAN
MODULE
G11AS
ENS7
ENS6
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
JB1
-24
JB1
-25
JB1
-28
JB1
-4
NG
B
O
I
58
II
JB1
-19
JB1 JB1
-18 -17
CA105-9
CA105-7
CA105-1
W
W
JB145-1
JB1-27
JB1-26
CA10-15
JB129
-14
JB129
-13
N
N
JB2
-10
JB2
-11
CA170-2
BG
BG
BRD
BG
BRD
BRD
BG
56
38
II
II
JBS JBS
45 20
CA170-1
CA105-4
CA105-5
CA105-10
W
KB
B
R
Y
R
Y
O
O
P
FT2-2
FT2-4
CA5-7
ON
RESUME SET +
SET - CANCEL OFF
B
B
YG
JB106 -3
-2
-1
PA2 -1 -2
PA4 -3 -1
SWS1
SW5-2
SW5-4
SW4-3
IP34-6
IP34-8
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CA5-8
CA105-3
CA105-2
YR
YR
B
SW4-1
2.2κ Ω
1κ Ω
510 Ω
300 Ω
180 Ω
120 Ω
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
*
NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –
Manual Transmission vehicles only.
AIR CONDITIONING
PRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH
CLUTCH
CANCEL
SWITCH*
STEERING WHEEL
FUEL PUMP
MODULE
G35AS
D
B
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Fig. 03.3
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
I
EN65-001
EN65-002
EN65-003
EN65-004
EN65-005
EN65-006
EN65-011
EN65-018
EN65-019
EN65-021
EN65-022
EN65-023
EN65-025
EN65-026
EN65-027
EN65-028
EN65-029
EN65-030
EN65-031
EN65-034
EN65-035
EN65-036
EN65-037
EN65-038
EN65-039
EN65-043
EN65-044
EN65-046
EN65-047
EN65-048
EN65-050
EN65-051
EN65-052
EN65-053
EN65-054
EN65-055
EN65-059
EN65-060
EN65-061
EN65-062
EN65-063
EN65-064
EN65-068
EN65-069
EN65-070
EN65-071
EN65-074
EN65-075
EN65-077
EN65-078
EN65-079
EN65-080
EN65-081
EN65-085
EN65-085
EN65-086
EN65-087
EN65-088
EN65-089
EN65-091
EN65-095
EN65-096
EN65-097
EN65-098
EN65-102
EN65-103
EN65-104
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SG
SG
SG
I
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND
SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
ENGINE CRANK: B+
IP2
SS
PG
PG
B+
B+
B+
I
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
IP3
POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
IP4
POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
J B50
J B51
J B52
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
CKP SENSOR
EN12
EN43
EN33
EN18
EN65
EN25
J B170
EN14
EN9
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
104-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
5-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ENGINE VEE, FRONT
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
CMP SENSOR 1
I
HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
CMP SENSOR 2
I
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V
SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
ECT SENSOR
SG
SG
I
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
EOT SENSOR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
BANK 1 EXHAUST
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2
KNOCK SENSOR
SG
I
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
BANK 2 EXHAUST
I
EN37
EN32
EN87
EN999
EN998
EN23
EN6
BANK 1 EXHAUST
I
BANK 2 EXHAUST
I
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
SG
D
SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
ENGINE VEE
I
GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O
COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 m S, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 m S = 0%, 77 m S = 30%, 256 m S = 100%
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 m S, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 m S = 0%, 77 m S = 30%, 256 m S = 100%
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND
MAF SENSOR
ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
O
O
MAP SENSOR
EN8
SG
I
TP SENSOR (2.0L)
EN88
EN61
EN42
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2
I
HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
SG
I
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
SG
I
Connector
Connector Description
Location
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
CA10
CA170
J B1
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
SG
I
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
SG
I
J B196
IGNITION ON: B+
SG
O
BANK 2 FUEL INJ ECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
GROUNDS
O
Ground
Location
O
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
O
O
SG
O
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m S, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SG
I
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) : NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
I
I
I
I
I
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG
C
CAN –
C
CAN +
SG
O
BANK 1 FUEL INJ ECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (–): PWM
O
O
O
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM
SG
O
HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m S, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 m S, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1
Fig. 03.3
HO2 SENSORS
HO2 SENSORS
DOWNSTREAM
CKP
SENSOR
CMP
KNOCK
SENSOR
MAF
SENSOR
ECT
SENSOR
EOT
SENSOR
MAP
SENSOR
UPSTREAM
SENSORS
1/1
2/1
1/2
2/2
IATS
1
2
υ
υ
υ
U
U
λ
λ
EN12
-1
EN12
-2
EN43
-1
EN43
-2
EN33
-1
EN33
-2
EN23 -2 -1
EN6 -1
-3
-2
-4
-5 EN18 -2
-1 EN25 -1
-2
EN8 -2 -1 -4
EN37 -3
-4 -1
-2 EN32 -3
-4 -1
-2 EN14 -4
-3 -1
-2
EN9 -4
-3 -1
-2
81
83
82
84
93
E
E
E
E
E
NR
Y
P
RU
RU
Y
B
B
B
I
I
32
EN65-051
EN65-050
EN65-077
EN65-104
EN65-026
EN65-025
EN65-076
EN65-103
EN65-055
EN65-053
EN65-047
EN65-054
EN65-046
EN65-062
EN65-061
EN65-059
EN65-060
EN65-038
EN65-086
EN65-087
EN65-037
EN65-030
EN65-029
EN65-031
EN65-081
EN65-080
EN65-079
EN65-021
WG
WG
GO
GU
Y
BR
BR
BG
BG
89
O
O
I
E
ENS2
ENS3
BR
BR
BG
BG
EN65-022
EN65-023
EN65-063
EN65-036
EN65-006
EN65-069
EN65-043
EN65-008
EN65-035
EN65-068
EN65-085
ENS15
ENS5
90
E
P
I
GO
GO
BR
N
U
N
UY
Y
P
O
B
13
O
O
I
I
II
12
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
II
I
O
I
I
02.2
01.6
02.2
02.2
02.2
02.2
02.2
B
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
O
O
RG
OG
U
I
I
I
GENERATOR: CHARGE
GENERATOR: FIELD
O
BG
G
N
I
I
GENERATOR: LOAD
GO
B
N
O
I
I
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
GW
BW
BW
O
UY
Y
I
PARK; NEUTRAL
ENS10
I
I
I
G
Y
–
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
EN65-088
EN65-089
EN65-039
+
BG
EN65-003
ENS6
W
OY
BW
G
R
W
EN65-011
EN65-001
EN65-097
EN65-098
EN65-028
EN65-027
ENS7
I
O
O
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
EN65-004
EN65-005
EN65-018
EN65-019
EN65-048
EN65-052
EN65-102
EN65-064
EN65-075
EN65-078
EN65-091
N
P
P
I
I
GO
GO
GO
GO
GW
GW
EN65-034
JBS4
JB1-23
JB1-10
CA10-20
CA170-15
-6
-7
UY
OY
OY
G
O
O
O
O
O
EN65-074
EN65-070
EN65-071
EN65-095
EN65-096
CA75
JB196
-1
CENTRAL
J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
RW
57
85
86
91
II
E
E
E
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.4)
ENS1
ENS22
ENS47
EN88 EN88
-1 -2
EN88
-3
EN87 EN87
-1 -2
B
B
B
EN61 -2
-1 EN42 -2
-1
EN999 -2
-1
EN998 -2
-1
JB170 -2
-1
PA3 -1
-3
G8AL
G8AR
NOTE:
Shielding shown as dashed lines
are braided wires.
1
1
2
2
BRD
VVT
IMT
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
TP SENSOR
IDLE SPEED
CONTROL VALVE
EVAP
SOLENOID VALVES
SOLENOID VALVES
CANISTER
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
PURGE VALVE
D
B
VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Power Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Fig. 03.4
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
SG
I
EN65-002
EN65-003
EN65-007
EN65-011
EN65-012
EN65-013
EN65-014
EN65-015
EN65-016
EN65-017
EN65-020
EN65-034
EN65-040
EN65-041
EN65-042
EN65-044
EN65-056
EN65-057
EN65-065
EN65-066
EN65-067
EN65-084
EN65-092
EN65-093
EN65-094
EN65-099
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
EN30
J B106
PA2
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS
I
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 %
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I
O
O
O
I
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O
I
IP2
IP3
IP4
O
O
O
O
I
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / OFF: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF
J B50
J B51
J B52
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
COOLING FAN – LH
PA4
GC2
GC1
5-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
COOLING PACK LH SIDE
I
SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJ ECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
COOLING FAN – RH
COOLING PACK RH SIDE
ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
O
O
O
I
COOLING FAN MODULE
J B188
PWM1
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
FUEL INJ ECTOR 1
EN65
IL1
104-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL RAIL
O
O
O
O
FUEL INJ ECTOR 2
IL4
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 3
IL2
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 4
IL5
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 5
IL3
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJ ECTOR 6
IL6
FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP (2.0L)
CA415
—
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION CAPACITOR
EN94
EN51
EN54
EN52
EN55
EN53
EN56
—
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STEERING WHEEL
4-WAY
4-WAY
4-WAY
4-WAY
4-WAY
—
SW5
J B161
4-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA5
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10
CA170
EN4
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJ ECTOR RAIL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
J B1
J B129
J B145
J B187
J B196
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
2-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G8
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST
G11
G17
G35
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2
Fig. 03.4
FUEL INJ ECTORS
IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
FRONT OF
ENGINE
1
3
5
2
4
6
1
3
5
2
4
6
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
2
4
6
1
3
5
4
5
R6
3
1
RG
BG
RU
GU
21
2
IL1 -1 -2
IL2 -1 -2
IL3 -1 -2
IL4 -1 -2
IL5 -1 -2
IL6 -1 -2
95
E
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1
CYLINDER NUMBERING
IGNITION
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CAPACITOR
JB1
-36
75
76
77
78
79
80
E
E
E
E
E
E
EN4
-1
EN4
-7
EN4
-2
EN4
-8
EN4
-3
EN4
-9
RW
37
II
ENS19
EN94 -1
-2
RG
B
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO
GU
GW
YG
GR
GU
GW
YG
GR
BG
WU
GR
BG
OY
WU
WG
U
B
B
B
B
B
B
EN30-1
EN30-2
O
EN65-065
O
EN65-066
AIR CONDITIONING
G17AS
O
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
EN65-067
B
O
EN65-092
ENS18
O
EN65-093
O
B
EN65-094
JB1
-37
O
EN65-014
ENS17
ENS16
G8AL
O
EN65-015
I
EN65-012
EN65-016
EN65-040
EN65-041
EN65-013
EN65-042
EN65-020
EN65-044
EN65-099
EN65-003
EN65-011
EN65-002
EN65-084
EN65-007
EN65-034
EN65-017
EN65-057
EN65-056
O
O
O
NG
B
25
FANS
I
WG
WU
87
B
I
O
O
O
O
E
PWM1-2
PWM1-3
WU
WU
JB145-7
GC2-A
JB187-1
OG
O
GC2-B
GC1-A
I
I
LH COOLING FAN
OY
R
O
O
I
GO
G
GU
GW
GO
GO
GO
GW
I
JBS4
JB1-23
CA10-20
O
-6
-7
GC1-B
CA170
JB1
-28
JB1
-4
I
I
-15
RH COOLING FAN
CA75
G
O
P
CENTRAL
J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
G
GO
WG
U
B
B
I
I
I
I
I
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.3)
JB161
-K
JB161
-G
JB145-6
JB1-38
JB1-14
JB188-2
GU
GW
(MAN)
O
O
JBS51
JB161
-J
JB161
-C
COOLING FAN
MODULE
G11AS
NOTE: JBS51 –
Speed Control
vehicles only.
(AUTO)
JB161
-H
JB161
-C
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds
JBS50
shown on Fig. 03.3.
ENS7
ENS6
U
JB161
-D
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
JB1-39
B
JB161
-E
4
5
R11
3
1
GU
YR
YG
GO
GR
OG
NG
GO
CA415-1
94
B
I
I
3
E
JB161
-F
JB161
-A
CA170-1
2
JB196
-1
JB196
-10
JB196
-3
59
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
II
JB161
-B
JB1
-19
JB1 JB1
-18 -17
B
CA415-5
57
56
38
II
II
II
SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G35AS
YG
ON
RESUME SET +
SET - CANCEL OFF
B
B
YG
PA3 -1
-3
PA2 -1 -2
PA4 -3 -1
JB106 -3
-2
-1
SWS1
B
SW5-2
SW4-3
IP34-6
IP34-8
JB129-14
JB129-13
JBS55
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
B
*
NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –
Manual Transmission vehicles only.
YR
YR
YR
SW5-4
SW4-1
2.2κ Ω
1κ Ω
510 Ω
300 Ω
180 Ω
120 Ω
G14AL
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH
CLUTCH
CANCEL
SWITCH*
AIR CONDITIONING
PRESSURE SENSOR
STEERING WHEEL
D
B
VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
I
J B131-03
J B131-04
J B131-05
J B131-06
J B131-07
J B131-08
J B131-09
J B131-10
J B131-12
J B131-13
J B131-14
J B131-15
J B131-16
J B131-17
J B131-18
J B131-20
J B131-21
J B131-24
J B131-25
J B131-26
J B131-27
J B131-30
J B131-33
J B131-34
J B131-36
J B131-38
J B131-39
J B131-45
J B131-47
J B131-52
J B131-53
J B131-54
2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
J B155
IP18
IP14
—
18-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / GREEN
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH
STEERING COLUMN
J
GATE ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE
B+
I
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TCM RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
LOWER LH A POST
RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
POWER GROUND: GROUND
—
—
I
PG
O
C
C
O
O
O
SG
O
SG
I
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
J B131
J B156
37-WAY / BLUE
10-WAY / BLACK
REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
CAN – 1
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
CAN – 2
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component
SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
5-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
PA5
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
EN16
EN86
EN85
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT SHAFT HOUSING
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
CAN + 1
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH
I
I
I
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
J B1
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
LH LOWER A POST
C
C
B+
PG
I
J B2
CAN + 2
J B129
J B130
J B145
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
POWER GROUND: GROUND
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
I
I
MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
GROUNDS
Ground
O
O
B+
Location
LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
G14
G15
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SG
EN16-019
EN16-026
EN16-031
EN16-033
SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I
I
I
MANUAL TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 26 PULSES PER TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production
Fig. 04.1
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
P
R
N
D
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
INTERMEDIATE
SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)
TCM RELAY
SHIFT
SOLENOIDS
TIMING
SOLENOIDS
4
R8
5
3
1
WR
NR
W
WU
B
17
υ
2
3
F40 15A
2
24
II
A
B
C
JBS55
P
N
B
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G14AL
B
N
ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT
02.1
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155
JB155
-17
JB155
-15
JB155
-16
JB155
-12
JB155
-14
JB155
JB155 JB155
JB155 JB155
JB155 JB155
JB155 JB155
JB156-6
-18
-9
-10
-11
-13
-7
-8
-2
-1
-4
-3
-6
-5
N
N
B
B
B
B
N
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
B
WU
B
B
N
B
39
JB131-17
II
JBS65
JB131-36
JB156-10
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-21
JB131-05
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-45
JB131-47
JB131-09
JB131-38
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
WU
UY
B
B
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
N
N
U
JB131-54
JB131-6
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
JB156
-8
-9
-7
-2
-1
-3
-4
8
B
B
B
B
U
G
W
Y
R
O
B
G
Y
G
Y
–
+
–
+
C
C
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
JBS35
JB131-12
JB131-33
JB131-13
JB131-34
JBS55
G14AL
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G
W
Y
R
O
BW
OY
B
I
P
B
P
OY
OY
IP14-6
IP14-5
JB129-10
JB130-6
G15BR
G15BL
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
MODE SWITCH
BW
BW
D – 4
SWITCH
Y
GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
07.2
IP14-4
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
(ROW)
(NAS)
U
(ROW)
(NAS)
B
I
B
W
RW
GB
GO
B
14
I
I
I
EN16-031
II
R
JB145-5
JB2-12
PA5-2
PA5-1
JB2-16
U
O
O
4
IP18-3
IP18-4
IP14-16
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
KEY LOCK
SOLENOID
WG
WG
EN16-033
P
JB1-4
JB2-11
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
R
N
D
2
WU
BG
EN16-026
EN16-019
GB
88
38
40
O
B
08.3
IGNITION SWITCH
REVERSE LAMPS
E
II
II
ENS6
EN85-01
EN85-02
WR
G
36
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH
II
IP14-1
IP14-10
IP14-9
IP14-12
IP14-11
IP14-3
C
C
C
C
I
–
+
–
+
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
09.2
3
EN86 -1
-2
-3
PA4 -3 -1
Y
CAN MESSAGES:
•
•
GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
BRAKE ON / OFF
G
H
B
B
IPS68
IP14-2
Y
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
G37BL
O
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
CLUTCH CANCEL
SWITCH
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
J GATE ASSEMBLY
D
B
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VIN RANGE: Early Production Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
Fig. 04.2
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
I
J B131-03
J B131-04
J B131-05
J B131-06
J B131-07
J B131-08
J B131-09
J B131-10
J B131-12
J B131-13
J B131-14
J B131-15
J B131-16
J B131-17
J B131-18
J B131-20
J B131-21
J B131-24
J B131-25
J B131-26
J B131-27
J B131-30
J B131-33
J B131-34
J B131-36
J B131-38
J B131-39
J B131-42
J B131-44
J B131-45
J B131-46
J B131-47
J B131-52
J B131-53
J B131-54
2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
J B155
IP18
IP14
—
18-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / GREEN
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH
STEERING COLUMN
J
GATE ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE
B+
I
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TCM RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
LOWER LH A POST
RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
POWER GROUND: GROUND
—
—
I
PG
O
C
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
J B131
J B156
37-WAY / BLUE
10-WAY / BLACK
REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
CAN – 1
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C
CAN – 2
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component
O
O
O
SG
O
SG
I
SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH
PA4
5-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
104-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH
PA5
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
EN65
EN16
EN85
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
CAN + 1
I
I
I
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
J B1
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
LH LOWER A POST
C
J B2
C
CAN + 2
J B129
J B130
J B145
B+
PG
I
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
POWER GROUND: GROUND
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG
SG
I
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground
D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
Location
SG
I
MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
G14
G15
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
O
O
B+
LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
I
EN65-084
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
EN65-085
CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
I
EN16-031
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
EN16-033
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production
Fig. 04.2
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
INTERMEDIATE
SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
P
R
N
D
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)
TCM RELAY
SHIFT
TIMING
SOLENOIDS
SOLENOIDS
4
5
R8
3
1
WR
NR
W
WU
B
17
υ
2
3
F40 15A
2
B
JBS55
24
II
A
B
C
P
N
G14AL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155
JB155
-17
JB155
-15
JB155
-16
JB155
-12
JB155
-14
JB155
JB155 JB155
JB155 JB155
JB155 JB155
JB155 JB155
B
N
ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT
02.1 02.2
-18
-9
-10
-11
-13
-7
-8
-2
-1
-4
-3
-6
-5
JB156-6
WU
B
B
N
B
JB131-17
N
N
O
Y
N
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
U
JBS65
JB131-36
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-44
JB131-21
JB131-46
JB131-05
JB131-42
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-45
JB131-47
JB131-09
JB131-38
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
WU
UY
B
B
39
II
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
U
N
O
N
JB131-54
JB131-6
JB156-10
8
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
JB156
-8
-9
-7
-2
-1
-3
-4
G
Y
G
Y
–
+
–
+
C
C
C
C
20.1
U
G
W
Y
R
O
B
JB131-12
JB131-33
JB131-13
JB131-34
20.1
20.1
20.1
JBS55
G14AL
I
I
I
B
Y
U
G
W
Y
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
O
BW
OY
B
I
P
B
P
OY
OY
G15BR
G15BL
IP14-6
IP14-5
JB129-10
JB130-6
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
MODE SWITCH
BW
BW
D – 4
SWITCH
(ROW)
(NAS)
U
(ROW)
(NAS)
Y
GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
07.2
IP14-4
B
B
W
RW
GO
B
B
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
14
I
I
EN16-031
II
JB145-5
JB2-12
PA5-2
PA5-1
JB2-16
(2.5L, 3.0L)
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
B
I
U
GO
R
U
14
O
O
EN65-085
4
II
IP18-3
IP18-4
JB145-5
JB196-6
JB196-4
IP14-16
(2.0L)
KEY LOCK
SOLENOID
P
WG
JB1-4
WG
JB1-4
WG
WG
(2.5 L, 3.0L)
(2.0 L)
I
I
EN16-033
EN65-084
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
JB2-11
R
N
D
2
JB196-3
38
O
B
IGNITION SWITCH
II
GB
GB
EN85-02
WR
G
40
36
08.3
REVERSE LAMPS
II
II
EN85-01
IP14-1
IP14-10
IP14-9
IP14-12
IP14-11
IP14-3
C
C
C
C
I
–
+
–
+
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
09.2
3
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH
PA4 -3 -1
Y
CAN MESSAGES:
•
•
GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
BRAKE ON / OFF
G
B
B
IPS68
IP14-2
Y
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
G37BL
O
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3.
CLUTCH CANCEL
SWITCH
J GATE ASSEMBLY
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles (Later Production)
VIN RANGE: Later Production Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
B+
PG
B+
I
J B45-01
J B45-02
J B45-05
J B45-06
J B45-12
J B45-13
J B45-14
J B45-15
J B45-16
J B45-23
J B45-24
J B45-28
J B45-30
J B45-31
J B45-32
J B45-40
MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
J B45
42-WAY / BROWN
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC)
J B195
ADJ ACENT TO MODULATOR
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS
I
SS
I
IP2
IP3
B+
C
IP4
CAN +
J B50
J B51
J B52
O
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
CAN –
O
I
VACUUM MODULE
VM1
VM2
VM3
—
—
—
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I
C
VACUUM PUMP
VPU
LF1
—
ADJ ACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
CA55
RF1
RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
CA170
J B2
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
J B15
J B133
VP1
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Anti-Lock Braking
Anti-Lock Braking
Fig. 05.1
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
H
H
H
H
LF1
-2
LF1
-1
RF1
-2
RF1
-1
W
N
W
R
CA55
-2
CA55
-1
CA60
-2
CA60
-1
WU
GB
WG
NG
JB133
-1
JB133
-2
JB15
-1
JB15
-2
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
CA10
-16
CA10
-17
GW
W
N
B
19
JB45-12
JB45-28
JB45-16
JB45-15
JB45-14
JB45-13
JB45-31
JB45-30
JB45-32
JB45-05
I
I
I
I
II
JB45-23
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B
Y
C
C
20.1
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS;
JB45-24
JB45-40
CAN
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
G
GO
GO
GW
I
JBS4
CA10-20
P
-6
-7
R
R
B
B
MOTOR
R
JB45-2
JB45-6
CA75
15
JBS27
CENTRAL J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
SOLENOIDS
GW
VACUUM
PUMP
R
PRESSURE
PUMP
JB195-1
JB195-2
B
CA170
-15
CAPACITOR
B
P
JB45-01
MOTOR
GW
VPU
-1
VPU
-2
JB2
-1
R
S
21
16
II
57
II
VP1
-1
VP1
-2
B
GO
W
NR
R
S
GW NR
VM2
-1
VM1
-1
VM1
-5
VM2
-2
VM3
-1
VM3
-2
PA3
-1
PA3
-3
CONTROL
VALVES
Activates Vacuum Pum p if
Intake Manifold vacuum
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING
CONTROL MODULE
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
switches pum p off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
JBS66
BRAKE
ON / OFF SWITCH
B
B
B
VACUUM MODULE *
G18AR
G18AL
G14AL
*
NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –
early production vehicles only.
D
B
VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Power Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
B+
PG
B+
I
J B185-01
J B185-02
J B185-05
J B185-06
J B185-12
J B185-13
J B185-14
J B185-15
J B185-16
J B185-21
J B185-23
J B185-24
J B185-25
J B185-26
J B185-27
J B185-28
J B185-30
J B185-31
J B185-32
J B185-39
J B185-40
J B185-42
MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC)
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
J B89
J B195
ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR
ADJ ACENT TO MODULATOR
POWER GROUND: GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS
I
SS
I
IP2
IP3
SG
B+
C
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
CAN +
SG
I
SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
CAN –
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
J B185
IP29
42-WAY / BLUE
6-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
I
O
IP19
STEERING COLUMN
O
VACUUM MODULE
VM1
VM2
VM3
—
—
—
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I
I
SS
C
VACUUM PUMP
VPU
LF1
—
ADJ ACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT (ALL)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.0L)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT (ALL)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.0L)
YAW RATE SENSOR
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
SS
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
CA55
LR1
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
RF1
CA60
RR1
IP20
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
CA55
CA60
CA170
J B2
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
LH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
LH LOWER A POST
J B15
J B129
J B130
J B133
J B196
VP1
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
G18
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Dynamic Stability Control
Dynamic Stability Control
Fig. 05.2
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
YAW RATE
SENSOR
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
BRAKE PRESSURE
SENSOR
C
C
C
C
H
H
H
H
H
H
IP20
-3
IP20
-2
IP20
-1
IP20
-4
IP19
-3
IP19
-4
IP19
-1
IP19
-2
JB89 JB89 JB89
LF1
-2
LF1
-1
RF1
-2
RF1
-1
LR1
-2
LR1
-1
RR1
-2
RR1
-1
-2
-3
-1
Y
G
U
B***
GW
Y
G
U
B***
GW
W
N
W
R
WG GB
B
R
W
R
W
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
CAN
YAW RATE
IPS6
IPS7
CA55
-2
CA55
-1
CA60
-2
CA60
-1
CA55
-2
CA55
-1
CA60
-2
CA60
-1
STEERING ANGLE
U
B***
GW
WU
GB
WG
NG
WU
GB
WG
NG
JB129 JB129
*** NOTE: B – early production vehicles.
-9
-16
JB133
-1
JB133
-2
JB15
-1
JB15
-2
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
CA10
-16
CA10
-17
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
CA10
-16
CA10
-17
GW
B*** U
B
19
JB185-21
JB185-39
JB185-26
JB185-42
JB185-25
JB185-12
JB185-28
JB185-16
JB185-15
JB185-14
JB185-13
JB185-31
JB185-30
JB185-32
JB185-05
II
GW
WG
GB
B
W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B
JB185-23
I
Y
C
C
20.1
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS;
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
JB185-24
JB185-40
G
I
I
I
I
B
B
B
B
I
IPS68
IP29-5
IP29-2
JB130-7
JB185-27
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
SWITCH
GO
GO
GW
G37BL
I
JBS4
CA10-20
P
-6
-7
2.0L VEHICLES
R
R
B
B
MOTOR
R
JB185-2
JB185-6
CA75
15
JBS68
CENTRAL J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
SOLENOIDS
PRESSURE
PUMP
GW
VACUUM
PUMP
R
JB195-1
JB195-2
B
B
CA170
-15
P
JB185-01
MOTOR
CAPACITOR **
GW
** NOTE: Capacitor and circuit –
early production vehicles only.
VPU
-1
VPU
-2
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
R
S
21
16
II
57
II
VP1
-1
VP1
-2
B
B
GO
W
NR
R
S
GW NR
VM2
-1
VM1
-1
VM1
-5
VM2
-2
VM3
-1
VM3
-2
PA3
-1
PA3
-3
CONTROL
VALVES
Activates Vacuum Pum p if
Intake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
switches pum p off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
JBS67
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
VACUUM MODULE *
B
B
B
*
NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –
2.0L vehicles and early production 2.5L and 3.0L vehicles only.
G18AR
G18AL
G14AL
D
B
VARIANT: DSC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
B+
PG
B+
I
J B197-01
J B197-02
J B197-05
J B197-06
J B197-12
J B197-13
J B197-14
J B197-15
J B197-16
J B197-23
J B197-24
J B197-27
J B197-28
J B197-30
J B197-31
J B197-32
J B197-40
MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
J B197
42-WAY / BROWN
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC)
J B195
ADJ ACENT TO MODULATOR
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS
I
SS
I
IP2
IP3
B+
C
IP4
CAN +
J B50
J B51
J B52
I
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
CAN –
O
O
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
VACUUM MODULE
IP29
6-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I
VM1
VM2
VM3
—
—
—
I
C
VACUUM PUMP
VPU
LF1
—
ADJ ACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LR1
RF1
RR1
RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
CA55
CA60
CA170
J B15
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
LH REAR WHEEL HUB
RH REAR WHEEL HUB
LH LOWER A POST
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
J B130
J B133
J B196
VP1
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
G18
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
Fig. 05.3
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
H
H
H
H
LF1
-2
LF1
-1
RF1
-2
RF1
-1
LR1
-2
LR1
-1
RR1
-2
RR1
-1
W
N
W
R
R
W
R
W
CA55
-2
CA55
-1
CA60
-2
CA60
-1
WU
GB
WG
NG
JB133
-1
JB133
-2
JB15
-1
JB15
-2
CA170
-6
CA170
-7
CA10
-16
CA10
-17
GW
B
19
II
JB197-23
Y
W
N
JB197-12
C
C
I
I
I
I
20.1
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS;
JB197-24
JB197-40
JB197-28
JB197-16
JB197-15
JB197-14
JB197-13
JB197-31
JB197-30
JB197-32
JB197-05
CAN
VEHICLE SPEED;
G
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
B
B
B
B
I
IPS68
IP29-5
IP29-2
JB130-7
JB197-27
GO
GO
GW
I
TRACTION CONTROL
SWITCH
JBS4
CA10-20
G37BL
P
-6
-7
R
R
B
B
MOTOR
R
JB197-2
JB197-6
CA75
15
JBS69
CENTRAL J UNCTION
FUSE BOX
SOLENOIDS
GW
VACUUM
PUMP
R
PRESSURE
PUMP
JB195-1
JB195-2
B
CA170
-15
CAPACITOR
B
P
JB197-01
MOTOR
GW
VPU
-1
VPU
-2
JB196
-1
R
S
21
16
II
57
II
VP1
-1
VP1
-2
B
GO
W
NR
R
S
GW NR
VM2
-1
VM1
-1
VM1
-5
VM2
-2
VM3
-1
VM3
-2
PA3
-1
PA3
-3
CONTROL
VALVES
Activates Vacuum Pum p if
Intake Manifold vacuum
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /
TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
switches pum p off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
JBS70
BRAKE
ON / OFF SWITCH
B
B
B
VACUUM MODULE
G18AR
G18AL
G14AL
D
B
VARIANT: 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module: Manual
Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-06
AC1-07
AC1-08
AC1-09
AC1-10
AC1-11
AC1-12
AC1-13
AC1-14
AC1-15
AC1-16
AC1-20
AC1-21
AC1-22
AC1-23
AC1-24
AC1-25
AC1-26
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R20
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
6-WAY / GREY
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39
IP101
IP135
26-WAY / YELLOW
2-WAY / GREY
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR
BLOWER (MANUAL)
AC2
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / GREY
6-WAY / GREY
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
IP58
IP121
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE / LHD, LH SIDE / RHD
ADJ ACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
SG
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
IP2
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR
AC4
AC6
FL5
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
22-WAY / BLACK
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
LH FRONT DOOR
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DOOR MIRROR – LH
DOOR MIRROR – RH
FR4
AC5
AC7
RH FRONT DOOR
B+
B+
O
IP101-01
IP101-02
IP101-03
IP101-04
IP101-07
IP101-09
IP101-10
IP101-14
IP101-15
IP101-20
IP101-22
IP101-23
BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
O
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
—
—
REAR WINDOW
I
BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING
ZA10
C
CAN +
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R19
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
WINDSHIELD
C
CAN –
AC3
—
6-WAY / BLACK
—
B+
PG
I
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
POWER GROUND: GROUND
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
J B95
J B96
—
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
—
C
CAN +
CAN –
WINDSHIELD
C
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
O
IP135-1
IP135-2
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER GROUND: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
PG
Connector
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
O
O
IP39-1
IP39-2
IP39-3
IP39-4
IP39-6
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CA15
CA20
CA127
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Location
G3
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G14
G15
G36
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
Fig. 06.1
DISCHARGE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
DEFROST DOOR
ACTUATOR
PANEL / FLOOR
ACTUATOR
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND
ACTUATOR
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
STEPPER COILS
STEPPER COILS
υ
υ
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
NOTE: The A/CCM incorporates the control panel
for the Climate Control System.
AC6
-2
AC6
-1
AC5
-1
AC5
-2
(LHD) AC7
AC7
-2
AC7
-4
AC4
-6
AC4
-1
AC4
-3
AC4
-4
AC4
-5
AC3
-6
AC3
-1
AC3
-3
AC3
-4
AC3
-5
AC2
-6
AC2
-1
AC2
-3
AC2
-4
AC2
-5
-4
(RHD) AC7
-2
UY
B
B
G
GW
U
GB GR GU GO
R
O
RU OG
R
OY
RG WB RW
W
Y
U
UY
B
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
B
AC1-15
AC1-16
AC1-14
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
AC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12
I
62
IP101-14
IP101-1
IP101-2
ACS2
OY
B
B
64
I
B
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
WR
32
II
Y
G
Y
G
C
C
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
IP101-9
IP101-10
IP101-22
IP101-23
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB
RW
W
O
CONTROL PANEL
ILLUMINATION
I
09.2
IP101-20
Y
B
B
BW
IP101-04
IP101-03
IP101-07
O
O
I
B
P
BW
IP101-15
GO
GO
GO
B
B
B
B
B
B
A/CCM
IP135-01
O
JB130
-21
IPS55
FLS1
CAS10
CA15-17
FL5-9
FL5-10
CA15-2
G37BR
BR
BK
BO
BG
GB
IP39-03
IP39-04
IP39-02
IP39-06
IP39-01
G15AR
O
O
O
O
O
LH DOOR MIRROR
RH DOOR MIRROR
GO
GO
GU
B
B
IPS37
CAS84
FRS1
CA76-1
CA20-17
FR4-9
FR4-10
CA20-2
F98 10A
B
P
HEATED
G4AL
REAR WINDOW
RELAY
IP135-2
BLOWER
+ve
WAVE TRAP
G36AR
4
5
R19
GB
GB
BW
3
1
GU
B
GU
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
10
11
CA77-2
IP2-13
CA127-1
ZA1-1
ZA10-1
2
G3BS
IP58-2
IP121-2
IP121-5
IP121-6
IP121-4
IP121-3
IP121-1
HEATED REAR WINDOW
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BLOWER
6
5
4
3
2
1
WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
BLOWER
IP58-1
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
R
GU
B
B
RELAY
R2
JB35-21
JB35-22
JB96-1
JB96-2
F13 30A
4
5
3
1
5
2
R20
OY
OY
R
B
G14BR
1
2
3
2
JBS28
OY
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
12
IP3-2
1
WR
34
II
IP2-16
R
GW
-ve BUS
JB35-25
JB35-26
JB95-1
JB95-2
F15 30A
G14BL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTES:
Refer to Fig. 03.2 or 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.
D
B
VARIANT: Manual Climate Control Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module: Automatic
Fig. 06.2
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-06
AC1-07
AC1-08
AC1-09
AC1-10
AC1-11
AC1-12
AC1-13
AC1-14
AC1-15
AC1-16
AC1-20
AC1-21
AC1-22
AC1-23
AC1-24
AC1-25
AC1-26
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY
—
—
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R20
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP101
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
IP101
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BLOWER (AUTOMATIC)
AC2
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
J B105
IP134
FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJ ACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I
I
IP2
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
IP3
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR
AC4
AC6
FL5
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
22-WAY / BLACK
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
LH FRONT DOOR
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DOOR MIRROR – LH
B+
B+
O
O
I
IP101-01
IP101-02
IP101-03
IP101-04
IP101-05
IP101-06
IP101-07
IP101-09
IP101-10
IP101-14
IP101-15
IP101-16
IP101-17
IP101-18
IP101-19
IP101-20
IP101-21
IP101-22
IP101-23
BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
DOOR MIRROR – RH
FR4
AC5
AC7
RH FRONT DOOR
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
—
—
REAR WINDOW
O
I
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% – 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED
ZA10
BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SOLAR SENSOR
—
—
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R19
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TOP CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL
WINDSHIELD
C
CAN +
IP66
AC3
—
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
—
C
CAN –
B+
PG
I
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
POWER GROUND: GROUND
IP38
J B95
J B96
—
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
—
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
SG
I
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
WINDSHIELD
SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: DARKER = HIGHER VOLTAGE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
I
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
O
C
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
CAN +
CAN –
Connector
Connector Description
Location
C
CA15
CA20
CA127
J B3
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW
14-WAY / BLUE / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
J B130
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G3
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G14
G15
G36
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters
Fig. 06.2
DISCHARGE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
DEFROST DOOR
ACTUATOR
PANEL / FLOOR
ACTUATOR
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND
ACTUATOR
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
SOLAR
SENSOR
STEPPER COILS
STEPPER COILS
STEPPER COILS
NOTE:
Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” – the A/CCM
incorporates the Control Panel for the Climate Control System.
υ
υ
υ
υ
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
C4
C1
C3
C2
Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The A/CCM is remotely
mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Driver control inputs are
received via Network communication.
AC6
-2
AC6
-1
AC5
-1
AC5
-2
(LHD) AC7
AC7
-2
AC7
-4
AC4
-6
AC4
-1
AC4
-3
AC4
-4
AC4
-5
AC3
-6
AC3
-1
AC3
-3
AC3
-4
AC3
-5
AC2
-6
AC2
-1
AC2
-3
AC2
-4
AC2
-5
IP66
-3
IP66
-4
IP66
-2
IP66
-1
IP38
-1
IP38
-2
JB105 JB105
-4
(RHD) AC7
-2
-2
-1
UY
B
B
G
GW
U
GB GR GU GO
R
O
RU OG
R
OY
RG WB RW
W
Y
WR BW
W
B
B
B
B
B
U
UY
B
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
B
B
B
AC1-15
AC1-16
AC1-14
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
AC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12
I
62
IP101-14
IP101-1
IP101-2
67
II
ACS2
OY
WR
JB3
-9
JB3
-10
64
I
B
33
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
II
32
II
NOTE: 33 – early
production vehicles.
Y
G
Y
G
B
C
C
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
IPS27
IP101-9
IP101-10
IP101-22
IP101-23
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB
RW
W
B
B
O
CONTROL PANEL
ILLUMINATION *
I
09.2
IP101-20
Y
*
NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit –
not used on “Touch Screen” vehicles.
BW
W
B
B
B
B
B
B
IP101-05
IP101-16
IP101-17
IP101-18
IP101-19
IP101-04
IP101-03
IP101-06
IP101-07
IP101-21
IP101-15
O
I
I
I
O
O
O
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
GO
GO
B
B
B
B
B
B
FLS1
CAS10
BW
W
B
CA15-17
FL5-9
FL5-10
CA15-2
I
G15AL
G15AR**
O
P
JB130
-21
LH DOOR MIRROR
RH DOOR MIRROR
GO
GO
GU
GO
B
B
G37BR
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CAS84
FRS1
CA76-1
CA20-17
FR4-9
FR4-10
CA20-2
F98 10A
HEATED
G4AL
REAR WINDOW
RELAY
+ve
WAVE TRAP
4
5
R19
3
1
GU
B
GU
10
11
CA77-2
IP2-13
CA127-1
ZA1-1
ZA10-1
2
G3BS
HEATED REAR WINDOW
AIR CONDITIONING
BLOWER
RELAY
4
5
R20
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
3
2
OY
OY
12
B+
IP3-2
IP134-2 (LHD)
IP134-1 (RHD)
1
WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
W
IP2-16
B
BW
B
R
GU
B
B
CONTROL
SENSE
-ve BUS
R2
IP134-6 (LHD)
IP134-4 (RHD)
JB35-21
JB35-22
JB96-1
JB96-2
F13 30A
3
1
5
2
OY
OY
R
B
G14BR
1
2
JBS28
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
IP134-3 (LHD)
IP134-5 (RHD)
R
GW
IP134-1 (LHD)
IP134-2 (RHD)
JB35-25
JB35-26
JB95-1
JB95-2
F15 30A
G14BL
G36AR
BLOWER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTES:
Refer to Fig. 03.2 or Fig. 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.
D
B
VARIANT: Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 07.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
S
S
IP5-18
SCP –
BRAKE FLUID SWITCH
J B70
3-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
IP5-19
SCP +
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5L & 3.0L)
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5L & 3.0L)
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)
FT2
FUEL TANK
FT3
FUEL TANK
I
IP6-18
SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
CA415
FUEL TANK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
Instrument Cluster
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
IP6
I
I
IP10-7
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND
J B172
IP10-8
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
SG
I
IP10-9
IP10-10
IP10-11
IP10-12
IP10-15
IP10-16
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP10-19
IP10-20
IP10-22
IP10-23
IP10-24
IP10-25
MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
IP17
16-WAY / BLACK
1-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL
I
WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND
TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
CAN +
EN19
ADJ ACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
I
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
CA165
IP74
40-WAY / BLACK
24-WAY / BLACK
I
I
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
C
C
I
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
J B103
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
CAN –
FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SCP +
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
S
S
I
Connector
Connector Description
Location
SCP –
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND
CA5
TOP OF FUEL TANK
SG
CA169
J B1
4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IP11-5
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND
J B129
IP11-7
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
IP11-11
IP11-13
IP11-15
IP11-17
IP11-19
IP11-21
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
GROUNDS
Ground
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
Location
SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
G10
G14
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster
Fig. 07.1
O
P
B
B
B
61
IP11-7
IP11-13
IP11-11
B
B
B
B
B
YU
GR
3
I
I
IP11-5
JB129-4
JB1-16
EN19-1
15
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
II
Y
C
C
20.1
20.1
IP10-17
IP10-18
G
B
B
JB103-2
B
B
I
JBS54
IP10-11
JB129-3
JB103-1
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
WASHER FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH
IP10-22
IP10-23
G10AL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)
SCP
B
CA415-4
E
F
20Ω
160Ω
B
B
JB70-2
I
CA415-2
JBS55
Y
IP10-12
JB129-1
JB70-1
S
S
D
20.2
WB
B
IP5-19
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH
U
G14AL
20.2
IP5-18
O
IP6-18
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1
B
I
B
IP10-15
IP72-1
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
FT2-3
E
F
20Ω
160Ω
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
2.0 L
FT2-1
O
O
R
D
I
2.5, 3.0 L
WU
WU
WU
IP74-22
IP165-25
IP165-26
I
IP10-7
CA1-14
CA5-1
17.1
17.1
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2
I
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
B
FT3-3
E
F
20Ω
160Ω
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
2.0 L
FT3-1
WB
B
WB
B
WB
I
O
IP10-8
CA1-13
CA5-2
CA5-11
CA5-3
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ILLUMINATION
I
I
09.2
08.3
DIMMER MODULE
2.5, 3.0 L
B
B
IP11-21
IP10-1
GB
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
REVERSE LAMPS STATUS
B
IP10-9
CA169-1
U
I
ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG WARNING
17.1
AIRBAG WARNING LAMP
MAIN BEAM INDICATOR
IP11-19
B
Y
BR
B
I
IPS69
U
IP10-16
IP53-10
IP53-7
I
I
I
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
MAIN BEAM STATUS
TRIP COMPUTER
CYCLE SWITCH
08.2 08.1
IP10-10
IP11-17
IP10-19
OY
U
G36BL
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
DIP BEAM STATUS
08.7 08.2 08.1
08.2 08.1
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS
FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
O
OG
WU
IP10-24
IP80-5
A / B
EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
I
I
08.6 08.5 08.4 08.3 08.2 08.1
08.6 08.5 08.4 08.3
IP11-15
IP10-20
RESET
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS
REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
MLS / KM
B
P
IP11-8
W
G37AL
(G36BL)
IP10-25
IP80-6
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
S
CA86-5
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP6-1
POWER GROUND: GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
SCP –
S
SCP +
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
SG
I
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I
IP6-15
IP6-18
IP6-22
J B172-5
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND
SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
I
IP6
I
J B172
B+
IGNITION SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT PANEL
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
J
GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
CENTER CONSOLE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
CA165
IP74
40-WAY / BLACK
24-WAY / BLACK
UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA15
CA20
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5
G15
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Audible Warnings
Audible Warnings
Fig. 07.2
O
R
O
I
I
17.1
17.1
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH
IP165-25
IP165-26
IP74-22
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
O
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
O
O
I
IP6-18
JB172-5
IP6-8
B
I
23
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
4
IP18-4
II
III
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Seat Belt
Airbag
Ignition Key-in
Not-in-Park
IGNITION SWITCH
Headlamps on
Delay Entry (combined Alarm state and Driver Door Ajar status)
B
B
Y
I
IPS68
IP14-2
IP14-4
IP6-15
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 08.1 – 08.5 for Turn Signal audible warning.
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
G37BL
J GATE ASSEMBLY
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
R
R
R
I
I
LHD
CAS10
FLS1
CA15-2
FL9-2
FL9-1
CA15-20
CA1-7
IP6-22
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G15AR
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
B
R
RHD
FRS1
CA20-2
FR9-2
FR9-1
CA20-20
CA1-5
IP6-22
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G4AL
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
IP6-1
Y
U
B
S
S
P
20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
CA86-5
SCP
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
IP10-22
IP10-23
HEADLAMPS ON
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 08.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
I
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
AUTOLAMPS SENSOR
RC5
5-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
S
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-22
SCP –
S
SCP +
O
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP2
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IP3
I
O
I
IP6-11
IP6-13
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP6-23
MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
I
I
DIP BEAM RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT
FB1
FB3
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
O
O
J B172-3
J B172-4
J B172-5
RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
B+
IP6
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
J B172
GLOVE BOX LAMP
IP25
J B84
J B85
—
2-WAY / BROWN
10-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / BLACK
—
GLOVE BOX
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R15
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
LH FRONT FENDER
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT
TURN REPEATER – LH
IP17
—
16-WAY / BLACK
—
FB2
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / GREY
FB4
J B132
J B98
IP53
TURN REPEATER – RH
RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA36
J B129
J B171
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
G11
G14
G32
G33
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps
Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps
Fig. 08.1
U
MAIN BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
O
GW
GB
GO
B
LIGHTING
23
JB172-5
IP2-2
F87 15A
R15
4
5
OY
OY
B
JB132-2
B
JBS55
3
2
Y
U
JB51-12
JB51-16
JB132-1
S
S
F86 7.5A
F85 7.5A
20.2
20.2
33
IP5-19
IP5-18
G14AL
SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES
1
LH TURN REPEATER
U
GO
O
IPS16
IP4-13
IP6-13
IP5-3
LIGHTING
CONTROL
OY
B
B
-ve BUS
FLASH
BR
G
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG
RELAY
JB171-1
FB2-1
FB2-2
JB171-4
I
I
I
I
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
IP53-7
IP53-6
IP6-9
IP6-11
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP5-22
MAIN BEAM
LH TURN
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
BW
BG
BG
OY
B
I
IP53-8
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-1
TURN
SIDE
B
B
IP53-1
IP53-3
IP53-4
OY
OY
OY
OY
GB
O
O
JBS10
RH TURN
IP53-2
IP53-5
JB172-4
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-5
JB84-1
TURN
O
JB172-3
O
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
JBS17
SIDE
DIP
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
B
JB84-10
W
W
I
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
B
CA416-1
CA416-2
CA417-1
CA417-2
MAIN
G37BL
(G36BL)
TURN SIGNAL
G11AL
BRD
BRD
AUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
B
B
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
IP6-1
B
JB84-10
B
JB84-8
BALLAST
DIP
B
B
BO
JB84-5
I
P
IPS65
MAIN
IP51-5
IP51-4
IP6-23
CA86-5
G11AL
G32AS
G36AL
(G5AR)
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
HAZARD SWITCH
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
GW
GW
GW
B
B
B
B
OG
U
JB171-2
JB171-3
FB1-1
FB1-2
JB171-6
JB171-8
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
07.1
LH FRONT
FOG LAMP
GW
FRONT FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
JBS9
GW
FB3-1
FB3-2
OY
DIP BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
*
NOTE: HID variant – V supply
circuit for all lamps unchanged.
OG
OY
IP2-10
IP2-9
REAR FOG LAMPS
OY
B
B
IPS66 (LHD)
IP25-1
IP25-2
F97 7.5A
IPS68 (RHD)
G5AS
(G37BL)
GLOVE BOX LAMP
U
CA78-16
NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
IP17-12
IP17-11
IP17-4
IP17-5
IP17-3
OY
OG
GW
IP17-15
GW
R
GW
JB51-6
CA78-4
JB51-7
CA76-7
O
B
JB98-2
B
JBS11
JBS54
JB129-21
JB98-1
F64 7.5A
F63 7.5A
G10AL
RH TURN REPEATER
IP4-4
IP1-3
R
19
IP17-8
R
OG
OG
B
B
NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
JBS16
JBS56
OY
JB171-5
FB4-1
FB4-2
JB171-7
08.7
B
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
AUTOLAMPS
G11AR
OY
OY
OY
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-1
IPS47
JBS37
TURN
SIDE
IP17-7
JB129-17
O
JB85-9
TURN
AUTO (SENSOR)
DIP BEAM
G
B
B
IP17-14
IP17-13
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
IP17-6
GB
OG
GW
GO
JB85-7
JB85-5
JB85-1
G37BL
(G36BL)
R9
4
SIDE
DIP
GU
GU
OY
GW
B
JB85-10
3
1
5
GO
GU
JBS36
F16 20A
F17 20A
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
14
MAIN
G10AR
2
W
22
II
G
G
G
I
DIP BEAM
RELAY
RC5-5
RC5-4
CA36-3
CA1-18
CA1-17
B
JB85-10
B
JB85-8
BALLAST
DIP
GB
GB
GB
GB
GB
JB85-5
O
MAIN
IPS56
CA36-15
JB129-15
G10AR
G33AS
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
AUTOLAMPS
SENSOR
D
B
VARIANT: Autolamp Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS
P
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-22
SCP –
S
SCP +
O
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP2
IP3
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IP4
I
O
I
IP6-11
IP6-13
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP6-23
MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
J B50
J B51
J B52
I
DIP BEAM RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
I
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT
FB1
FB3
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT
UNDER FRONT BUMPER
O
O
J B172-3
J B172-4
J B172-5
RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
B+
IP6
J B172
GLOVE BOX LAMP
IP25
IP51
J B84
J B85
—
2-WAY / BROWN
6-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / BLACK
—
GLOVE BOX
HAZARD SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R15
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
LH FRONT FENDER
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT
TURN REPEATER – LH
IP17
—
16-WAY / BLACK
—
FB2
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / GREY
FB4
J B132
J B98
IP53
TURN REPEATER – RH
RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
J B129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
J B171
8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
G11
G14
G32
G33
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Exterior Lighting: Front –
Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps
Fig. 08.2
U
MAIN BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
O
GW
B
23
LIGHTING
JB172-5
IP2-2
F87 15A
F86 7.5A
F85 7.5A
R15
4
5
GB
GO
OY
OY
B
JB132-2
B
JBS55
3
2
Y
U
JB51-12
JB51-16
JB132-1
S
S
20.2
20.2
33
IP5-19
IP5-18
G14AL
SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES
LH TURN REPEATER
1
U
GO
O
IPS16
IP6-13
IP5-3
IP4-13
LIGHTING
CONTROL
OY
B
B
-ve BUS
FLASH
BR
G
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG
RELAY
JB171-1
FB2-1
FB2-2
JB171-4
I
I
I
I
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
IP53-7
IP53-6
IP6-9
IP6-11
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP5-22
MAIN BEAM
LH TURN
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
BW
BG
BG
OY
B
I
NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
IP53-8
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-1
TURN
B
B
IP53-1
IP53-3
IP53-4
OY
OY
OY
OY
GB
O
O
RH TURN
JBS10
IP53-2
IP53-5
JB172-4
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-5
JB84-1
TURN
SIDE
DIP
O
JB172-3
O
SIDE
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
JBS17
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
B
JB84-10
W
W
B
REMOTE
HEADLAMPS
I
MAIN
G37BL
(G36BL)
TURN SIGNAL
CA416-1
CA416-2
CA417-1
CA417-2
G11AL
AUDIBLE WARNING
BRD
B
BRD
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
IP6-1
B
JB84-10
B
JB84-8
BALLAST
DIP
B
B
BO
B
JB84-5
I
P
MAIN
IPS65
IP51-5
IP51-4
IP6-23
CA86-5
G11AL
G32AS
G36AL
(G5AR)
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
HAZARD SWITCH
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
GW
GW
GW
B
B
B
B
JB171-2
JB171-3
OG
U
FB1-1
FB1-2
JB171-6
JB171-8
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
07.1
LH FRONT
FOG LAMP
GW
FRONT FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
JBS9
GW
FB3-1
FB3-2
OY
DIP BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
*
NOTE: HID variant – V supply
circuit for all lamps unchanged.
OG
OY
IP2-10
IP2-9
REAR FOG LAMPS
OY
B
B
IPS66 (LHD)
IP25-1
IP25-2
F97 7.5A
IPS68 (RHD)
G5AS
(G37BL)
GLOVE BOX LAMP
U
CA78-16
NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
IP17-12
IP17-11
IP17-4
IP17-5
IP17-3
OY
OG
GW
IP17-15
GW
R
GW
JB51-6
CA78-4
JB51-7
CA76-7
O
B
JB98-2
B
JBS11
JBS54
JB129-21
JB98-1
F64 7.5A
F63 7.5A
G10AL
RH TURN REPEATER
SIDE LAMPS
IP4-4
IP1-3
R
19
IP17-8
R
OG
OG
B
B
NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
JBS16
JBS56
OY
JB171-5
FB4-1
FB4-2
JB171-7
08.7
B
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
G11AR
OY
GB
OY
OY
GB
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-1
IPS47
JBS37
TURN
SIDE
IP17-7
JB129-17
JB129-15
O
DIP BEAM
JB85-9
TURN
IP17-13
NON DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
OG
GW
GO
JB85-7
JB85-5
JB85-1
R9
4
5
DIP BEAM
SIDE
DIP
GU
GU
OY
B
JB85-10
3
GO
GU
JBS36
F16 20A
F17 20A
14
CANADA DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
MAIN
GW
G10AR
1
2
W
22
II
B
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
DIP BEAM
IP17-6
DIP BEAM
RELAY
B
JB85-10
B
JB85-8
BALLAST
DIP
G37BL
(G36BL)
SCANDINAVIA DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
GB
JB85-5
MAIN
G10AR
G33AS
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
(HID VARIANT) *
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
D
B
VARIANT: Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 08.3
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
S
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-22
SCP –
IP2
SCP +
IP3
O
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
I
I
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP6-23
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
B+
J B172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
J B172
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR WINDOW
Instrument Cluster
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CA304
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
I
IP10-1
REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TM4
TM5
IP17
—
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / BLACK
—
TRUNK LID
C
C
IP10-17
IP10-18
CAN +
CAN –
TRUNK LID
INSTRUMENT PANEL
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX R17
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TRUNK LH REAR
O
IP11-3
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
EN85
RB5
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / GREY
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
RB6
CA137
CA138
IP53
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
CA10
CA45
CA129
CA170
J B2
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
TRUNK LH REAR
SPARE WHEEL WELL
LH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
J B145
J B196
TL10
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
G5
G36
G37
G38
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear
Exterior Lighting: Rear
Fig. 08.3
GB
GB
GB
ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:
10.1
18.1
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
GB
PARKING AID:
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
CA129-3
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
GB
EN85-01
GB
GR
CA137-3
GB
GB
GB
(MAN)
(MAN)
40
II
Y
EN85-02
JB145-4
CA10-6
CA1-22
C
C
20.1
STOP
IP10-17
IP10-18
CAN
REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH
G
20.1
OY
CA137-5
GB
I
IP10-1
IP11-3
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for Instrument Cluster
O
power supplies and grounds.
TAIL
FOG
B
GW
CA137-7
IP1-13
CA137-6
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
4
5
R17
GB
(AUTO)
3
1
CAS26
CA78-8
CA76-13
29
F79 10A
II
O
OY
CA137-1
B
23
LIGHTING
2
JB172-5
IP5-19
IP5-18
GB
30
II
IP1-12
TURN
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES
GB
CA137-2
REVERSE LAMPS
RELAY
REVERSE
LH TURN
BG
BG
OY
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
I
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
B
B
IP53-1
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP5-22
RH TURN
IP53-2
IP53-5
OY
I
O
O
OY
OY
OY
O
B
IP53-3
CA86-2
CA87-4
CAS82
CA129-6
RB5-1
TM4-1
RB5-2
O
IP53-4
LH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
O
NOTE: CAS92 – Side Marker only.
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
LIGHTING
CONTROL
B
B
B
G37BL
(G36BL)
TM4-2
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
B
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP6-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
B
P
O
O
O
O
B
B
BO
CA86-5
I
IPS65
TMS2
IP51-5
IP51-4
IP6-23
CA45-1
TL10-1
TMS1
TM5-1
TM5-2
G36AL
(G5AR)
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
HAZARD SWITCH
B
B
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
TL10-2
CA45-2
O
O
OG
WU
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
07.1
CA138-5
STOP
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
WU
GW
CA138-3
B
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
IP17-10
IP17-9
44
II
TAIL
FOG
IP17-16
GW
CAS80
B
CA1-21
GW
CA138-1
CAS9
CA138-2
B
G1AR
OG
O
IP2-10
O
R
R
CA138-7
SIDE LAMPS
IP4-4
IP1-3
TURN
R
IP17-4
IP17-5
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
19
IP17-8
CA78-16
JB51-6
CA78-4
JB51-7
CA76-7
CA76-2
CA76-3
CA76-4
GB
CA138-6
REVERSE
OY
F64 7.5A
F63 7.5A
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
O
O
O
O
B
RBS10
CAS81
CA129-10
RB6-1
RB6-2
GR
O
B
RH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
NOTE: CAS91 – Side Marker only.
CA129-7
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
OG
OG
B
B
CA304-2
CA304-1
NR
GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
GW
GW
G2AL
57
II
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
PA3-3
PA3-1
CA170-15
CA75-7
G38AS
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 08.4
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
S
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-22
SCP –
IP2
SCP +
IP3
O
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
I
I
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP6-23
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
B+
J B172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
J B172
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
CA304
TM4
TM5
IP17
TT4
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR WINDOW
TRUNK LID
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TRUNK LID
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TRUNK LH REAR
TRUNK RH REAR
TRUNK RH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TT5
TRAILER CONNECTOR
T5011
T312N
T6US1
—
—
—
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT1
TT2
TT3
—
—
—
SPARE WHEEL WELL
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
T3001
T4001
T5001
—
—
—
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA45
CA129
CA146
CA170
CA175
CA176
CA302
J B2
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET
SPARE WHEEL WELL
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
LH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TRUNK
J B196
TL10
TT6
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
G5
G36
G37
G38
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing
Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing
Fig. 08.4
Y
T5011-09
B+ (ACCESSORY)
R
NG
B
Y
R
R
2
T5011-10
B+ (BATTERY)
I
T5S2
T5S1
CA146-3
CA146-1
CA146-2
T5020-1
T5020-2
F100 20A
U
B
Y
B
R
T5001-3
T5001-2
T5001-1
T5011-1
T5011-2
T5011-4
T5011-5
T5011-6
T5011-7
T5011-8
T5011-3
T5011-11
T5011-13
LH TURN
IN-LINE FUSE
CAS9
RY
UR
O
FOG LAMPS
RH TURN
N
30
G1AR
RH TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP
REVERSE LAMPS
P
TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
OW
PO
NW
NW
NW
PARKING AID:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
S
NW
W
W
S
18.1
R
R
T5S3
CA129-11
CA302-1
TT6-1
T5S4
TT2
-8
TT3
-8
TT3
-10
TT3
-3
TT3
TT3
-5
TT3
-9
TT3
-2
TT3
-7
TT3
-6
TT3
-1
-4
NW
NW
TRAILER
CONNECTOR
G2BL
G2BR
O
B
S
S
B
B
O
23
LIGHTING
JB172-5
IP5-19
IP5-18
GB
REVERSE LAMPS
ACTIVATION
08.3
CAS26
Y
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
20.2
20.2
SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES
PY
TT2
-2
TT2
-1
TT1
-1
TT1
-4
TT1
-5
TT1
-2
TT2
-5
TT2
-4
TT2
-3
TT2
-6
TT2
-7
TT1
-3
TT1
-6
TT4-7
TT4-1
TRAILER TOWING
CONTROL MODULE
FOG
LH TURN
BG
BG
OY
BW
I
I
GB GB
LIGHTING
CONTROL
B
B
IP53-1
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP5-22
PO
W
W
RW OW
P
O
B
BG PY
N
BW PY
RH TURN
TURN
IP53-2
IP53-5
IP53-3
IP53-4
OW
O
G
TT4-5
CA176-6
O
TT4-6
CA175-6
O
RH TURN
LH TURN
TAIL
STOP
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
CA87-4
CA176-7
CA175-1
P
OY
O
B
G37BL
(G36BL)
CA86-2
TT4-3
TT4-2
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
B
B
G
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP6-1
CA175-2
CA175-7
CA176-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
REVERSE
GW
P
B
B
BO
CA86-5
I
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
IPS65
CAS80
IP51-5
IP51-4
IP6-23
GW
OY
GR
O
G36AL
(G5AR)
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
HAZARD SWITCH
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
PY
BG
OG
WU
TT5-1
TT5-7
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA175-5
07.1
07.1
FOG
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA175-3
CA176-3
TURN
WU
GW
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
IP17-10
IP17-9
O
44
II
N
IP17-16
GW
TT5-3
CA1-21
TT5-2
CA176-2
TAIL
STOP
O
G
B
OG
TT5-5
TT5-6
CA176-5
IP2-10
R
R
SIDE LAMPS
IP4-4
IP1-3
R
IP17-4
IP17-5
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
19
REVERSE
IP17-8
O
O
O
CA78-16
JB51-6
CA78-4
JB51-7
CA76-7
CA45-1
TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
OY
O
O
O
B
F64 7.5A
F63 7.5A
TMS1
TM4-1
TM4-2
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
B B
B
B
B
B
TMS2
TM5-1
TM5-2
TL10-2
CA45-2
GR
O
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
CA76-2
CA76-3
CA76-4
CAS9
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
OG
OG
B
B
NR
GW
GW
GW
CA304-2
CA304-1
57
II
PA3-3
PA3-1
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
CA75-7
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
G38AS
G1AR
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 08.5
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CARAVAN CONNECTOR
T412S
—
TRUNK RH REAR
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
S
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-22
SCP –
SCP +
IP2
O
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP3
IP4
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
J B50
J B51
J B52
I
I
I
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP6-23
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
B+
J B172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
IP6
J B172
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
CA304
TM4
TM5
IP17
TT4
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR WINDOW
TRUNK LID
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TRUNK LID
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TRUNK LH REAR
TRUNK RH REAR
TRUNK RH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TT5
TRAILER CONNECTOR
T5011
T312N
T6US1
—
—
—
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT1
TT2
TT3
—
—
—
SPARE WHEEL WELL
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
T3001
T4001
T5001
—
—
—
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET
LH LOWER A POST
CA45
CA129
CA146
CA170
CA175
CA176
CA302
J B2
TRUNK LH REAR
SPARE WHEEL WELL
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
LH LOWER A POST
TRUNK
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
1O-WAY / GREY / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TRUNK
J B196
T3001
TL10
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TRUNK
TT6
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TT7
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
G5
G36
G37
G38
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing
Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing
Fig. 08.5
PO
Y
R
NW
NW
PO
T412S-1
REVERSE LAMPS
B+ (ACCESSORY)
B+ (BATTERY
TT7-1
T412S-6
T412S-4
T412S-3
T412S-7
R
T4020-2
T4020-1
U
T312N-1
F100 20A
LH TURN
RY
UR
O
P
OW
NW
NG
B
Y
B
Y
R
Y
B
R
2
T312N-2
T312N-4
T312N-5
T312N-6
T312N-7
T312N-3
FOG LAMPS
RH TURN
I
T4S1
IN-LINE FUSE
G2BR
CA146-3
CA146-1
CA146-2
T3001-3
T3001-2
T3001-1
T4001-3
T4001-2
T4001-1
CARAVAN
B
CONNECTOR
RH TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP
CAS9
G1AR
N
R
T3S1
R
R
30
T4S2
NW
T3S2
PARKING AID:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
W
W
S
S
R
18.1
TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
CA129-11
CA302-1
TT6-1
TRAILER
CONNECTOR
NW
TT2
-8
TT3
-8
TT3
-10
TT3
-6
TT3
-3
TT3
-4
TT3
-5
TT3
-9
TT3
-2
TT3
-7
TT3
-1
G2BL
O
Y
U
B
S
S
B
B
O
23
LIGHTING
JB172-5
IP5-19
IP5-18
GB
REVERSE LAMPS
ACTIVATION
08.3
CAS26
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
20.2
20.2
SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES
PY
TT2
-2
TT2
-1
TT1
-1
TT1
-4
TT1
-5
TT1
-2
TT2
-5
TT2
-4
TT2
-3
TT2
-6
TT2
-7
TT1
-3
TT1
-6
TT4-7
TT4-1
TRAILER TOWING
CONTROL MODULE
FOG
LH TURN
RH TURN
BG
BG
OY
BW
I
I
GB GB
LIGHTING
CONTROL
PO
W
W
RW OW
P
O
B
BG PY
N
BW PY
B
B
IP53-1
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP5-22
TURN
TAIL
IP53-2
IP53-5
IP53-3
IP53-4
OW
O
G
TT4-5
CA176-6
O
TT4-6
CA175-6
O
RH TURN
LH TURN
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
CA87-4
CA86-2
CA176-7
CA175-1
P
OY
O
B
G37BL
(G36BL)
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
TT4-3
TT4-2
STOP
B
G
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP6-1
CA175-2
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
REVERSE
B
P
B
B
BO
CA86-5
I
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
IPS65
IP51-5
IP51-4
IP6-23
GW
GW
OY
G36AL
(G5AR)
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
CA175-7
CA176-1
CA175-5
CA175-3
HAZARD SWITCH
CAS80
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
PY
BG
OG
WU
TT5-1
TT5-7
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
07.1
FOG
GR
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TURN
WU
GW
REAR FOG LAMPS
IP17-10
IP17-9
O
O
O
GB
44
II
N
IP17-16
GW
TT5-3
CA176-3
CA176-5
CA1-21
TT5-2
CA176-2
TAIL
G
B
OG
TT5-5
TT5-6
STOP
IP2-10
R
R
SIDE LAMPS
IP4-4
IP1-3
R
IP17-4
IP17-5
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
19
REVERSE
IP17-8
O
O
O
CA78-16
JB51-6
CA78-4
JB51-7
CA76-7
CA76-2
CA76-3
CA76-4
CA45-1
TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
OY
O
O
B
B
B
F64 7.5A
F63 7.5A
TMS1
TM4-1
TM4-2
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
B B
O
B
B
B
TMS2
GR
O
TM5-1
TM5-2
TL10-2
CA45-2
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
CAS9
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
OG
OG
B
CA304-2
CA304-1
NR
GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
GW
GW
57
II
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
PA3-3
PA3-1
CA170-15
CA75-7
G38AS
G1AR
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 08.6
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
CA86-2
LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
PA3
3-WAY / BLACK
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
CA75
CA76
CA77
CA78
IP1
8-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREEN
2-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / GREY
14-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
16-WAY / BLUE
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O
CA87-4
RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S
S
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-22
SCP –
IP2
SCP +
IP3
O
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP4
J B50
J B51
J B52
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
I
I
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP6-23
LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
B+
J B172-5
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
J B172
HAZARD SWITCH
IP51
CA304
TM4
TM5
IP17
RB5
RB6
TT4
6-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR WINDOW
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TRUNK LID
TRUNK LID
INSTRUMENT PANEL
REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TRUNK LH REAR
TRUNK RH REAR
TRUNK RH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH
TT5
TRAILER CONNECTOR
T5011
T312N
T6US1
—
—
—
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT1
TT2
TT3
—
—
—
SPARE WHEEL WELL
TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
T3001
T4001
T5001
—
—
—
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP53
10-WAY / GREY
STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET
LH LOWER A POST
CA45
CA129
CA146
CA170
CA175
CA176
CA302
J B2
TRUNK LH REAR
SPARE WHEEL WELL
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
LH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
TRUNK
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TRUNK
TL10
TT6
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
G5
G36
G37
G38
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing
Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing
Fig. 08.6
*
NOTE: T6S2 and circuit to TT3-9 – early production vehicles only.
NG
B
Y
R
Y
B
R
2
T3001-3
T3001-2
T3001-1
** NOTE: NW – early production vehicles.
I
CA146-3
CA146-1
CA146-2
B
CAS9
Y
T6US1-3
T6US1-4
T6US1-2
T6US1-1
LH TURN AND STOP
RH TURN AND STOP
TAIL LAMPS
N
30
T3S1
G
NW** BW
W
G1AR
TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
T6S2*
PARKING AID:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
S
W
W
W
S
GROUND
18.1
R
R
T6S1
G2BL
CA129-11
CA302-1
TT6-1
NW
NW**
BW
TRAILER
CONNECTOR
W
TT2
-8
TT3
-8
TT3
-10
TT3
-3
TT3
-5
TT3
-9
TT3
-7
TT3
-1
O
B
S
S
B
B
O
23
LIGHTING
JB172-5
IP5-19
IP5-18
GB
REVERSE LAMPS
ACTIVATION
08.3
CAS26
Y
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
O
O
20.2
20.2
SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES
PY
TT2
-2
TT2
-1
TT1
-1
TT1
-4
TT1
-5
TT1
-2
TT2
-5
TT2
-4
TT2
-3
TT2
-6
TT2
-7
TT1
-3
TT1
-6
TT4-7
TT4-1
TRAILER TOWING
CONTROL MODULE
FOG
LH TURN
BG
BG
OY
BW
OW
I
I
GB GB
LIGHTING
CONTROL
B
B
IP53-1
IP6-17
IP6-19
IP5-22
PO
W
W
RW OW
P
O
B
BG PY
N
BW PY
RH TURN
TURN
TAIL
IP53-2
IP53-5
IP53-3
O
G
IP53-4
TT4-5
CA176-6
O
TT4-6
CA175-6
O
RH TURN
LH TURN
CA87-4
CA176-7
CA175-1
IPS67
P
OY
O
B
TURN SIGNAL
AUDIBLE WARNING
CA86-2
TT4-3
TT4-2
G37BL
STOP
B
B
G
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
IP6-1
CA175-2
CA175-7
CA176-1
REVERSE
GW
P
B
B
BO
CA86-5
I
LH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
IPS65
CAS80
IP51-5
IP51-4
IP6-23
GW
OY
GR
O
G36AL
G4AL
G5AS
HAZARD SWITCH
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
PY
BG
OG
WU
TT5-1
TT5-7
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA175-5
07.1
07.1
FOG
REAR FOG STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA175-3
CA176-3
TURN
WU
GW
REAR FOG LAMPS
GB
IP17-10
IP17-9
O
44
II
N
IP17-16
GW
TT5-3
CA1-21
TT5-2
CA176-2
TAIL
O
G
B
OG
TT5-5
TT5-6
CA176-5
STOP
IP2-10
R
R
SIDE LAMPS
IP4-4
IP1-3
R
IP17-4
IP17-5
IP2-9
F97 7.5A
19
REVERSE
IP17-8
O
O
O
CA78-16
JB51-6
CA78-4
JB51-7
CA76-7
CA45-1
TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
OY
O
OY
O
OY
O
B
B
B
O
O
B
B
F64 7.5A
F63 7.5A
CAS94
RBS10
TMS1
CA129-6
RB5-1
RB6-1
RB5-2
RB6-2
TM4-1
TM4-2
CA129-7
LH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
B B
B
B
B
B
CAS95
TMS2
CA129-10
G2AL
TM5-1
TM5-2
TL10-2
CA45-2
GR
O
RH REAR SIDE
MARKER LAMP
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
CA76-2
CA76-3
CA76-4
CAS9
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
OG
OG
B
B
NR
GW
GW
GW
CA304-2
CA304-1
57
II
PA3-3
PA3-1
JB2-1 (2,5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
CA75-7
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP
G38AS
G1AR
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
D
B
VARIANT: NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 08.7
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DIP BEAM RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FRONT AXLE SENSOR
J B140
IP130
J B84
J B85
IP17
—
6-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY / YELLOW
10-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / BLACK
16-WAY / BLACK
—
LH FRONT SUSPENSION
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH
RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
REAR AXLE SENSOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
LH REAR SUSPENSION
HI1
6-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA10
CA241
CA302
J B129
J B130
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
LH LOWER A POST
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G10
G11
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Headlamp Leveling
Headlamp Leveling
Fig. 08.7
OY
DIP BEAM STATUS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
SERVO
HEADLAMP LEVELING
U
U
U
U
AMPLIFIER
JBS8
IP17-2
IP17-3
CA1-1
CA10-22
JB84-2
JB84-5
OY
B
JB84-10
DIP
OY
G11AL
3
2
1
0
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
OY
OY
OY
IPS47
JBS37
IP17-7
JB129-17
G
R9
4
5
B
B
IP17-14
IP17-13
GU
GU
OY
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
3
1
DIP BEAM
IP17-6
GB
GO
W
GU
JBS36
DIP
F16 20A
F17 20A
14
GW
GW
U
B
JB85-10
G37BL
(G36BL)
2
JB85-5
JB85-2
22
II
G10AR
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
G
08.1
08.1
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
DIP BEAM
RELAY
AUTOLAMPS
GB
GB
GB
IPS56
JB129-15
NOTE: IPS56 – Autolamps only.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING
WR
IP130-23
RW
RU
R
RW
RU
R
B
31
O
O
O
O
II
IP130-17
IP130-19
IP130-16
IP130-18
JB130-8
JB130-9
JB130-10
JB130-11
JB84-2
Y
JB84-3
JB84-4
JB84-6
C
C
20.1
20.1
IP130-2
IP130-3
G
RG
RG
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
W
D
20.2
STEPPER MOTOR
IP130-5
IP130-6
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
Y
Y
I
* NOTE: BG – early production vehicles.
JB140-6
JB130-17
W
U
W
U
FRONT AXLE
SENSOR
O
JB140-5
JB140-1
JB130-1
IP130-25
IP130-11
BW
BW
O
O
O
O
IP130-15
IP130-21
IP130-22
IP130-20
JB130-12
BG* WU
JB130-13
B
JB85-2
JB85-3
JB85-4
JB85-6
JB130-22
BG* WU
B
JB130-14
UY
WG
R
UY
UY
WG
R
BG
BG
I
HI1-6
HI1-5
HI1-1
CA303-3
CA303-2
CA303-1
CA241-3
CA241-2
CA241-1
IP130-7
IP130-10
IP130-12
JB130-15
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
WG
R
REAR AXLE
SENSOR
O
B
B
P
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
IPS68
IP130-24
G37BL
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING
D
B
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Power Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
PG
I
CA86-1
CA86-3
CA86-5
CA86-14
CA86-16
CA86-18
LH AND RH DOOR COURTESY LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
POWER GROUND: GROUND
DOOR COURTESY LAMP – LH
DOOR COURTESY LAMP – RH
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL7
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR
RH FRONT DOOR
LH FRONT DOOR
FR6
2-WAY / WHITE
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
RH FRONT DOOR
RH REAR DOOR
I
RH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
I
CA87-15
LH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
I
S
S
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
IP5-18
IP5-19
SCP –
SCP +
FOOTWELL LAMP – LH
IP27
IP26
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
FOOTWELL LAMP – RH
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I
I
IP6-21
IP6-22
PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
IP6
J B172
GLOVE BOX LAMP
IP25
2-WAY / BROWN
GLOVE BOX
B+
J B172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
RC11
RC20
2-WAY / BLACK
1-WAY / RED
REAR HEAD LINER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
TRUNK LAMP
CA132
TM6
RC9
2-WAY / BLACK
5-WAY / NATURAL
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK RH SIDE
TRUNK LID
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH
LH SUN VISOR
RH SUN VISOR
RC8
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
CA15
CA16
CA20
CA21
CA25
CA30
CA36
CA45
TL10
RH B/C POST
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
TRUNK LH REAR
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5
G15
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Interior Lighting
Interior Lighting
Fig. 09.1
OY
OY
BK
BK
65
B
O
IP27-1
IP26-1
IP27-2
IP26-2
B
23
LIGHTING
JB172-5
LH FOOTWELL
LAMP
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
BK
BK
66
O
B
IPS13
CA86-3
CA1-2
RH FOOTWELL
LAMP
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
R
R
R
I
I
I
I
CAS10
FLS1
FRS1
BLS3
CA15-2
CA20-2
CA25-3
FL9-2
FR9-2
BL6-2
BR6-2
FL9-1
FR9-1
BL6-1
BR6-1
CA15-20
CA1-7
IP6-22 (LHD)
IP6-21 (RHD)
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G15AL
G15AR**
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
MAP LAMP 1
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
BK
RC22-3
RC30-3*
OY
R
71
B
CA20-20
CA1-5
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
B
RC22-9
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
RC30-1*
G4AL
RC22-1
RC30-2*
FRONT
INTERIOR LAMP
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
* NOTE: Roof Console without
BK
BK
Printed Circuit Board.
CA1-6
CA36-1
B
B
Y
CAS10
CA25-14
CA87-15
MAP LAMP 2
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G15AL
G15AR**
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
ROOF CONSOLE
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
BK
B
RC11-1
RC11-2
OY
OY
Y
70
B
CAS8
BRS4
REMOTE
CA30-3
CA30-14
CA86-18
B
RC20-1
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
LOCK / UNLOCK
G4AR
W
W
I
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
CA416-1
CA417-1
CA417-2
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
BRD
BRD
REMOTE
CA416-2
LOCK / UNLOCK
B
I
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
IP5-3
B
68
B
RC9-2
RC9-1
SET (LHD)
B
B
G
I
LH VANITY MIRROR
LAMP
KEY BARREL
(LHD ONLY)
B
B
B
FL3-5
CA16-5
CA16-6
CA86-16
B
B
CAS10
FLS1
RESET (LHD)
CA15-2
FL3-6
U
I
FL3-7
CA86-14
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
G15AL
G15AR**
LH FRONT DOOR
B
B
B
B
OY
69
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
CAS10
RCS1
CA36-13
RC8-2
RC8-1
G15AL
G15AR**
SET (RHD)
B
B
G
I
RH VANITY MIRROR
LAMP
KEY BARREL
(RHD ONLY)
B
B
FR3-5
FR3-7
CA21-5
CA21-6
CA86-16
FRS1
RESET (RHD)
CA20-2
FR3-6
U
I
CA86-14
OY
G4AL
OG
OG
OG
OG
73
O
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
CAS85
CA86-1
CA16-3
CA21-3
FL7-2
FL7-1
B
LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
IP6-1
B
P
OY
CA86-5
OG
72
B
FR6-2
FR6-1
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
RH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
OY
OY
OY
B
B
B
B
B
OY
CA132-1
74
B
CAS9
TMS2
CA45-2
TL10-2
TM6-3
TM6-4
TL10-3
CA45-3
CA132-2
TRUNK
SWITCH
G1AR
TRUNK LAMP
TRUNK
LOCK MOTOR
B
B
OY
08.1
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING
IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)
IP25-2
IP25-1
G5AS
(G37BL)
GLOVE BOX LAMP
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Power Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP101
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
6-WAY / GREY
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP39
IP101
IP135
26-WAY / YELLOW
2-WAY / GREY
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
IP65
IP106
CIGAR LIGHTER
IP42
2-WAY / ORANGE
ASH TRAY
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER
FL1
FR1
20-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BL1
8-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
FL10
BR1
IP29
IP51
PASSENGER DOOR
RH REAR DOOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
J
GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
IP17
16-WAY / GREEN
16-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
CENTER CONSOLE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
CA15
CA20
CA25
CA30
CA36
J B1
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
J B129
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14
G15
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
Fig. 09.2
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
O
B
SW3-4
SW3-3
YG
B
YG
O
SWS2
B
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)
O
03.2
ECM: GROUND
SWS1
IP34-5
SW4-4
SW4-3
IP34-6
JB129-14
JB1-24
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
O
SW5-1
B
SW5-2
B
JBS55
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
G14AL
STEERING WHEEL
O
O
O
O
O
B
IP101-20
IP101-15
G37BR
O
AIR CONDITIONING
IP17-1
IPS4
O
B
B
CONTROL MODULE (PANEL)
IP11-21
IP11-8
G37AL
(G36BL)
O
O
O
O
B
B
B
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP70-9
IP65-17
IP14-3
IP70-12
G37BR
O
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
PWM
O
O
IP51-6
IP51-5
G5AR
O
SIDE LAMPS
R
O
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER
SWITCHES
19
IPS21
IP17-8
IP65-1
G37AR
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
AUDIO UNIT
B
B
IPS65
IP110-1
IP42-1
G36AL
G5AL)
B
CIGAR LIGHTER
IPS68
IP14-2
CA1-9
G37BL
B
B
J GATE
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
IP17-6
O
O
O
O
O
B
RC22-1
B
B
B
G37BL
(G36BL)
RCS1
CAS10
CA36-4
RC22-10
CA36-13
G15AL
G15AR*
B
B
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
IPS68
IP29-6
IP29-5
ROOF CONSOLE
G37BL
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
SWITCH
CAS11
B
B
B
B
FRS1 (LHD)
FLS1 (RHD)
CAS10
CA20-16 (LHD)
CA15-16 (RHD)
FR10-4 (LHD)
FL10-4 (RHD)
FR10-8 (LHD)
FL10-8 (RHD)
CA20-2 (LHD)
CA15-2 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AR)
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
O
O
B
B
B
B
FLS1 (LHD)
FRS1 (RHD)
CAS10
CA15-16 (LHD)
CA20-16 (RHD)
FL1-8 (LHD)
FR1-8 (RHD)
FL1-14 (LHD)
FR1-14 (RHD)
CA15-2 (LHD)
CA20-2 (RHD)
G15AR
(G4AL)
O
O
O
BW
BW
BW
BW
BW
BW
FL1-5 (LHD)
FR1-5 (RHD)
REAR WINDOW
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
ISOLATE CIRCUIT
CAS59
CA30-11
BR1-4
BR1-8
CA30-7
CA15-7 (LHD)
CA20-7 (RHD)
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
O
CA25-11
BL1-4
BL1-8
CA25-7
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Instrument Cluster
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
C
C
IP10-17
CAN +
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR
RC5
5-WAY / BLACK
REAR VIEW MIRROR
IP10-18
CAN –
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
I
I
IP11-8
POWER GROUND: GROUND
VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO
EM91
2-WAY
STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING
IP11-23
IP11-24
IP11-25
VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING FEEDBACK: CLOSED LOOP
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
I
O
VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING DRIVE: 864 m A = MAXIMUM ASSIST; 0 m A = MINIMUM ASSIST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
J B130
J B145
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
G36
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror
Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror
Fig. 10.1
GR
B
42
II
IP11-24
Y
R
U
R
U
R
U
R
U
C
C
O
I
20.1
20.1
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP11-25
IP11-23
JB130-2
JB130-3
JB145-3
JB145-2
EM91-2
EM91-1
CAN
VEHICLE SPEED
G
B
P
IP11-8
VARIABLE ASSIST
SERVO
G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING
WU* BR
B
I
54
II
RC5-1
RC5-3
REVERSE LAMPS:
REVERSE LAMPS ON
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GB
GB
08.3
CA36-7
B
B
B
B
P
CAS10
RCS1
CA36-13
RC5-2
G15AL
G15AR*
ELECTROCHROMIC
REAR VIEW
MIRROR
* NOTE: G15AR, WU – early production vehicles.
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER
FL1
FR1
20-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
FOLD FLAT MODULE
DOOR MIRROR – LH
DOOR MIRROR – RH
CA270
FL5
7-WAY / GREY
BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
LH FRONT DOOR
22-WAY / BLACK
22-WAY / BLACK
FR4
RH FRONT DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
CA16
CA20
CA21
CA65
CA70
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G15
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back
Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back
Fig. 10.2
GW
N
N
N
N
GU
N
N
N
N
B
B
52
48
O
O
II
II
FL1-15
FL1-17
FL1-16
FL1-4
CA16-12
CA16-18
FL5-4
FL5-2
FL5-6
FR4-4
FR4-2
FR4-6
FR1-15
FR1-17
FR1-16
FR1-4
CA21-12
CA21-13
CA20-19
CA21-14
CA16-14
CA16-13
CA16-15
CA21-18
FL5-4
FL5-2
FL5-6
FR4-4
FR4-2
FR4-6
LH
LH
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
FRS7
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
COMMON
COMMON
RH
FLS2
RH
WR
N
O
O
CA15-19
CA16-14
CA16-13
CA16-15
CA16-19
CA21-14
CA21-13
CA21-15
LH MIRROR
LH MIRROR
O
O
FL1-18
FR1-18
YR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
B
B
B
B
FL1-14
WR
B
B
B
WR
WR
O
O
P
P
CAS10
FLS1
FRS1
CA15-2
FL1-3
CA20-2
FR1-14
FR1-3
CA21-15
CA21-19
G15AL
G15AR*
G4AL
RH MIRROR
RH MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: LHD
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: RHD
U
U
U
U
U
U
N
CA270-4
CA16-17
FL5-16
FL5-15
N
CA270-4
CA16-17
FL5-16
B
I
B
I
64
64
W
W
W
W
W
W
B
B
B
B
FL1-14
R
R
CA270-2
CA16-11
B
B
B
R
R
CA270-2
CA16-11
FL5-15
CAS10
FLS1
FRS1
CA15-2
FL1-11
CA16-16
CA20-2
FR1-14
FR1-11
CA21-16
G15AL
G15AR*
LH MIRROR
LH MIRROR
G4AL
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
U
CA270-3
U
U
U
U
CA270-3
U
U
U
O
O
CAS46
CAS46
CA21-17
CA21-11
FR4-16
FR4-15
CA21-17
CA21-11
FR4-16
FR4-15
B
CAS10
B
W
CA270-1
W
W
W
B
CAS10
B
W
CA270-1
W
W
W
O
O
P
P
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CAS64
CAS64
CA270-5
CA270-5
G15AL
G15AR*
G15AL
G15AR*
RH MIRROR
RH MIRROR
FOLD FLAT
MODULE
FOLD FLAT
MODULE
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
DOOR MIRROR FOLD: LHD
DOOR MIRROR FOLD: RHD
NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2 for Mirror Heaters.
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH
LS19
RS19
LS16
RS16
3-WAY / WHITE
3-WAY / WHITE
7-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
LH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH
RH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH
LH FRONT SEAT
RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH SEAT
LS2
LS4
LS5
LS6
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / RED
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH
RS2
RS4
RS5
RS6
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / RED
BELOW RH SEAT
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH
LS1
RS1
12-WAY / GREY
12-WAY / GREY
LH SEAT
RH SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA65
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement
Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement
Fig. 11.1
RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS
LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS
NOTE:
NOTE:
45 – Non Heated Seat.
47 – Heated Seat.
40 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat.
LS5
-1
LS5
-2
LS4
-1
LS4
-2
LS2
-1
LS2
-2
LS6
-1
LS6
-2
RS5
-1
RS5
-2
RS4
-1
RS4
-2
RS2
-1
RS2
-2
RS6
-1
RS6
-2
OG
OY
B
B
40 42
45 47
LS1-6
RS1-6
YB WB
YG WG
YU WR
YR WR
WB YB
WG YG
WR YU
WR YR
YB
WB
YB
LS1-4
LS1-5
RS1-4
RS1-5
WB
YG
WG
YG
LS1-3
RS1-3
WG
LS1-11
RS1-11
YU
WR
YU
LS1-9
LS1-8
RS1-9
RS1-8
WR
YR
WR
YR
LS1-7
RS1-7
WR
LS1-12
RS1-12
B
B
P
P
LS1-1
RS1-1
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
WG
YG
YG
RS19-3
RS19-1
LS16-7
LS16-1
LS19-3
LS19-1
RS16-7
RS16-1
OG
B
OY
B
43
48
LS16-2
LS19-2
RS16-2
RS19-2
WG
B
B
B
B
LS16-3
LS16-6
RS16-3
RS16-6
LSS1
RSS1
NOTE: LSS1 – Lumbar Vehicles only.
NOTE: RSS1 –
Lumbar Vehicles only.
LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK
B
B
B
B
B
B
CAS8
CAS8
CA65-16
CA70-16
G15AL
(G4AR)
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
G4AR
(G15AL)
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
LH SEAT
RH SEAT
NOTE: Powered Lumbar Circuit and components – Powered Lumbar Seats only.
D
B
VARIANT: 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – LH
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – RH
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH
LS10
RS10
LS1
2-WAY / RED
BELOW LH SEAT
BELOW RH SEAT
LH SEAT
2-WAY / RED
12-WAY / GREY
12-WAY / GREY
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH
RS1
RH SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA65
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement
Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement
Fig. 11.2
LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR
RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR
LS10 LS10
-2 -1
RS10 RS10
-2 -1
WG YG
YG WG
NOTE:
NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat.
45 – Non Heated Seat.
47 – Heated Seat.
WG
YG
YG
LS16-7
LS16-1
RS16-7
RS16-1
OG
OY
40 42
45 47
LS16-2
LS16-2
WG
B
B
B
B
LS16-3
LS16-6
RS16-3
RS16-6
B
B
B
B
B
B
LSS1
CAS8
RSS1
CAS8
CA65-16
CA70-16
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
G4AR
(G15AL)
G15AL
(G4AR)
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
LH SEAT
RH SEAT
D
B
VARIANT: 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
SEAT BACK HEATER – LH
LS7
4-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
4-WAY / GREY
12-WAY / GREY
12-WAY / GREY
6-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
BELOW LH SEAT
BELOW RH SEAT
BELOW LH SEAT
BELOW RH SEAT
BELOW LH SEAT
BELOW RH SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH
SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH
SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH
RS7
LS7
RS7
LS13
RS13
IP51
IP56
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA65
CA70
CA240
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
LH LOWER A POST
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5
G15
G36
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Seat Heaters
Seat Heaters
Fig. 11.3
NOTE:
40 – Heaters only Seat.
41 – Powered Heated Seats.
W
N
OG
B
I
40 41
LS13-12
LS13-5
LS13-3
LS13-4
LS13-6
LS7-3
LS7-2
LS7-1
GB
B
27
II
O
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GB
O
W
R
W
R
W
I
IP51-2
IP51-3
IP51-1
CA240-7
CA240-1
CA240-6
CA65-10
CA65-17
CA65-10
LS13-8
LS13-10
LS13-9
LH CUSHION HEATER
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
R
U
O
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
B
B
U
U
O
IPS65
B
IP51-5
I
STATE
LS13-7
LS13-1
LS7-4
G36AL
(G5AR)
B
B
B
B
P
LH SEAT HEATER
SWITCH
LSS1
CAS8
CA65-16
LH SEAT BACK HEATER
G15AL
(G4AR)
NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.
LH SEAT HEATER
MODULE
LH SEAT
NOTE:
45 – Heaters only Seat.
46 – Powered Heated Seats.
N
OY
B
I
45 46
RS13-12
RS13-5
RS13-3
RS7-3
RS7-2
RS7-1
GB
B
26
II
W
O
RS13-4
RS13-6
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GW
O
W
R
W
R
W
I
IP56-2
IP56-3
IP56-1
CA240-4
CA240-5
CA240-3
CA70-10
CA70-17
CA70-18
RS13-8
RS13-10
RS13-9
RH CUSHION HEATER
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
R
U
O
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
B
B
U
U
O
IPS65
B
IP51-5
I
STATE
RS13-7
RS13-1
RS7-4
G36AL
(G5AR)
B
B
B
B
P
RH SEAT HEATER
SWITCH
RSS1
CAS8
CA70-16
RH SEAT BACK HEATER
G4AR
(G15AL)
NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.
RH SEAT HEATER
MODULE
RH SEAT
D
B
VARIANT: Heated Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
CA86-4
CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
I
I
I
I
I
CA86-14
CA86-16
CA86-18
CA86-19
CA86-22
RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
TRUNK LID AJ AR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
O
O
O
I
CA87-2
CA87-3
CA87-5
CA87-15
CA87-16
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
J B172
I
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP132
O
I
IP5-1
PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O
I
IP5-5
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
TM6
TM8
5-WAY / NATURAL
2-WAY / WHITE
TRUNK LID
TRUNK LID
IP5-16
IP5-18
IP5-19
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
S
S
SCP –
SCP +
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
Connector
Connector Description
Location
I
I
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
IP6-21
IP6-22
PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
CA15
CA16
CA20
CA21
CA25
CA30
CA45
TL10
B+
J B172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Instrument Cluster
RH B/C POST
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
I
S
S
IP10-13
IP10-22
IP10-23
EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
SCP +
SCP –
GROUNDS
Ground
I
I
IP11-7
IP11-8
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
G15
G36
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Central Door Locking: Double Locking
Central Door Locking: Double Locking
Fig. 12.1
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when
all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to
II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
OY
Y
B
S
S
SCP
LOCKING
22
JB172-1
IP5-19
IP5-18
U
U
U
U
B
I
IP5-16
CA1-11
CA45-6
TL10-6
TMS3
TM8-1
TM8-2
20.2
20.2
GU
IGNITION SWITCHED
01.4
TRUNK RELEASE
POWER SUPPLY
U
SWITCH
W
N
KEY-IN
NOT CONNECTED
TRUNK AJ AR
SWITCH
B
B
TM6-2
TM6-5
TM6-1
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
N
O
N
I
I
CA86-22
CA87-2
CA45-5
TL10-5
TL10-4
R
Y
O
O
B
B
B
B
B
S
S
LOCK /
O
20.2
20.2
4
UNLOCK
TMS2
CAS9
IP18-4
IP10-22
IP10-23
IP10-13
IP11-7
CA45-4
TM6-3
TL10-2
CA45-2
VEHICLE SPEED;
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II
U
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
GO
IP18-1
GO
IP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
G1AR
IPS45
GR
VEHICLE
IMPACT
III
B
IP11-8
B
Y
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
I
I
P
O
IP5-3
B
INERTIA SWITCH
61
G37AL
(G36BL)
IGNITION SWITCH
B
B
B
B
B
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BLS3
CAS10
CA87-15
CA25-14
BL6-1
BL3-3
BL3-1
BL3-2
BL6-2
CA25-3
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
B
B
R
R
I
FL9-2
FL9-1
CA15-20
CA1-7
IP6-22 (LHD)
1P6-21 (RHD)
YB
YB
WB
B
B
B
G15AL
G15AR*
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
CA25-10
CA25-9
CA25-8
B
WG
WG
YB
O
O
UNLOCK
LOCK
FL3-2
FL3-1
CA16-20
CA1-4
IP5-5 (LHD)
IP5-1 (RHD)
CAS1
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
B
YB
YB
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
CA16-10
CA87-3
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
CAS2
B
YB
O
O
I
DOUBLE LOCK
UNLOCK
FL3-3
FL3-8
FL3-4
CA16-7
CA86-4
WB
O
CAS73
LOCK
B
O
CA87-5
CAS79
CA16-9
B
CA86-19
W
LH REAR DOOR
CAS74
LATCH ASSEMBLY
UNLOCK
W
I
CA16-8
CA87-16
SET (LHD)
B
B
B
B
G
WB
YB
YB
B
B
B
B
B
I
I
CAS10
FLS1
(KEY BARREL
LHD ONLY)
CA15-2
FL3-6
FL3-5
FL3-7
CA16-5
CA86-16
CA30-8
CA30-9
BR3-2
BR3-1
BR3-3
BR6-1
RESET (LHD)
B
U
G15AL
G15AR*
CA16-6
CA86-14
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LOCKING
CONTROL
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CA30-10
CA30-14
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
B
YB
FR3-3
CA21-7
B
B
B
Y
B
I
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
BRS4
CAS8
CA86-18
BR6-2
CA30-3
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
B
YB
FR3-1
FR3-2
CA21-10
G4AR
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
WB
WB
IP5-1 (LHD)
IP5-5 (RHD)
O
UNLOCK
CA21-20
CA1-8
LOCK
B
O
REMOTE
FR3-8
FR3-4
FR3-5
FR3-7
CA21-9
LOCK / UNLOCK
UNLOCK
B
W
W
W
I
CA21-8
B
CA416-1
CA416-2
CA417-1
SET (RHD)
G
B
B
I
I
BRD
BRD
(KEY BARREL
RHD ONLY)
FR3-6
FR9-2
CA21-5
CA86-16
CA417-2
RESET (RHD)
B
U
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
CA21-6
CA86-14
B
B
B
B
R
R
I
FRS1
CA20-2
FR9-1
CA20-20
CA1-5
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
IP6-1
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
B
P
G4AL
CA86-5
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –
LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.
D
B
VARIANT: Double Locking Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
I
I
I
I
I
CA86-14
CA86-16
CA86-18
CA86-19
CA86-22
RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
RH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
TRUNK LID AJ AR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
O
O
O
I
CA87-2
CA87-3
CA87-5
CA87-15
CA87-16
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
I
J B172
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
IP18
7-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN
LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT PANEL
O
I
IP5-1
PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP132
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
O
I
IP5-5
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
IP5-16
IP5-18
IP5-19
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
TM6
TM8
5-WAY / NATURAL
2-WAY / WHITE
TRUNK LID
TRUNK LID
S
S
SCP –
SCP +
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
I
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Connector
Connector Description
Location
IP6-21
IP6-22
PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
CA15
CA16
CA20
CA21
CA25
CA30
CA45
TL10
B+
J B172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Instrument Cluster
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
RH B/C POST
I
S
S
IP10-13
IP10-22
IP10-23
EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
TRUNK LH REAR
SCP +
SCP –
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
I
I
IP11-7
IP11-8
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
POWER GROUND: GROUND
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G15
G36
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking
Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking
Fig. 12.2
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when
all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to
II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
OY
B
22
LOCKING
JB172-1
SCP
U
U
U
U
B
I
Y
U
IP5-16
CA1-11
CA45-6
TL10-6
TMS3
TM8-1
TM8-2
S
S
20.2
20.2
GU
IP5-19
IP5-18
IGNITION SWITCHED
01.4
TRUNK RELEASE
POWER SUPPLY
SWITCH
W
N
KEY-IN
NOT CONNECTED
B
B
TRUNK AJ AR
SWITCH
TM6-2
TM6-5
TM6-1
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
N
O
N
I
I
CA86-22
CA87-2
CA45-5
TL10-5
TL10-4
R
Y
O
O
B
B
B
B
B
LOCK /
S
S
O
20.2
20.2
4
UNLOCK
IP10-22
IP10-23
IP10-13
IP11-7
TMS2
CAS9
IP18-4
CA45-4
TM6-3
TL10-2
CA45-2
VEHICLE SPEED;
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II
U
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
GO
IP18-1
GO
IP132-3
IP132-2
G1AR
IPS45
GR
IP132-1
VEHICLE
IMPACT
III
B
B
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
I
I
P
IP11-8
IP5-3
O
B
INERTIA SWITCH
61
G37AL
(G36BL)
IGNITION SWITCH
B
B
B
Y
B
B
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BLS3
CAS10
CA87-15
CA25-14
BL6-1
BL6-2
CA25-3
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
B
B
R
R
I
FL9-2
FL9-1
CA15-20
CA1-7
IP6-22 (LHD)
1P6-21 (RHD)
YB
B
B
G15AL
G15AR*
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
CA25-9
CA25-8
BL3-1
BL3-2
B
WG
WG
YB
O
WB
O
O
I
UNLOCK
LOCK
FL3-2
FL3-1
FL3-8
FL3-4
CA16-20
CA1-4
IP5-5 (LHD)
IP5-1 (RHD)
CAS1
B
YB
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CA16-10
B
CA87-3
CAS73
LOCK
O
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
CA16-9
CA86-19
W
UNLOCK
CAS74
B
W
I
WB
O
UNLOCK
CA16-8
CA87-16
CA87-5
CAS79
SET (LHD)
B
B
B
B
G
B
I
I
CAS10
FLS1
(KEY BARREL
LHD ONLY)
CA15-2
FL3-6
FL3-5
FL3-7
CA16-5
CA86-16
RESET (LHD)
B
U
WB
YB
B
B
G15AL
G15AR*
CA16-6
CA86-14
CA30-8
CA30-9
BR3-2
BR3-1
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
B
B
B
Y
B
B
I
BRS4
CAS8
CA86-18
CA30-14
BR6-1
BR6-2
CA30-3
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G4AR
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LOCKING
CONTROL
B
YB
FR3-1
CA21-10
B
WB
O
WB
IP5-1 (LHD)
IP5-5 (RHD)
O
UNLOCK
FR3-2
FR3-8
FR3-4
CA21-20
CA1-8
REMOTE
LOCK
B
LOCK / UNLOCK
CA21-9
B
W
W
I
UNLOCK
W
CA416-1
CA416-2
CA417-1
CA21-8
BRD
BRD
CA417-2
SET (LHD)
B
G
B
B
I
I
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
(KEY BARREL
RHD ONLY)
CA86-16
FR3-6
FR9-2
FR3-5
FR3-7
CA21-5
RESET (LHD)
B
U
CA86-14
CA21-6
B
B
B
B
B
R
R
I
FRS1
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
CA20-2
FR9-1
CA20-20
CA1-5
IP6-1
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
P
G4AL
CA86-5
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
G5AS
(G5AR)
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –
LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.
D
B
VARIANT: Non Double Locking Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
J B70
6-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
I
I
CA86-17
CA86-18
CA86-19
CA86-20
CA86-22
CA86-23
INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
RH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65
IP106
I
O
I
INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
EN65
EN16
104-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
LH FRONT DOOR
TRUNK LID AJ AR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
I
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
O
O
I
CA87-1
CA87-2
CA87-15
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH REAR DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
BL3
BL6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH REAR DOOR
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
I
O
I
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
BR3
BR6
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH REAR DOOR
IP5-14
IP5-16
IP5-18
IP5-19
HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
S
S
SCP –
SCP +
IP6
J B172
SG
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
HOOD SECURITY SWITCH
HORN RELAY
J B81
—
2-WAY / BLACK
—
ADJ ACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
ADJ ACENT TO BATTERY
I
I
I
I
I
IP6-8
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
IP6-9
HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED
PASSENGER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJ AR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
HORNS
J B87
IP18
CA190
2-WAY / BLACK
7-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
IP6-10
IP6-21
IP6-22
IGNITION SWITCH
INCLINATION SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
STEERING COLUMN
TRUNK LH REAR
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
INSTRUMENT PANEL
B+
O
J B172-1
J B172-3
J B172-4
J B172-5
J B172-18
J B172-21
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
IP15
4-WAY / GREEN
STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
SL1
SL2
1-WAY
1-WAY
O
B+
D
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ROOF CONSOLE
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
HOOD AJ AR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
I
Instrument Cluster
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
SECURITY INDICATOR
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR
IP29
TM6
6-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
TRUNK LID
O
D
D
I
IP10-2
IP10-3
IP10-4
IP10-5
IP10-6
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP10-22
IP10-23
SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
5-WAY / NATURAL
PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
PATS GROUND: GROUND
O
C
C
S
PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CAN +
CAN –
SCP +
SCP –
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
CA15
CA20
CA25
CA30
CA36
CA45
CA170
J B79
J B129
TL10
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
S
RH B/C POST
I
I
I
IP11-7
IP11-8
IP11-11
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
POWER GROUND: GROUND
TRUNK LH REAR
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
LH LOWER A POST
6-WAY / BLACK / SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
LH LOWER A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS
BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5
G11
G14
G15
G36
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Security System
Security System
Fig. 12.3
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1or 03.3.
O
OY
B
B
B
B
61
22
G
IP11-7
JB172-1
I
O
GR
O
CA86-17
CA86-20
CA190-4
CA190-6
B
B
15
23
II
CAS9
Y
Y
IP11-11
JB172-5
CA190-5
O
POWER
CAS83
Y
C
C
G1AR
20.1
20.1
Y
Y
U
Y
EN16-124
C
C
S
S
S
S
20.1
20.1
20.2
20.2
20.2
EN65-89 (2.0L)
IP10-17
IP10-18
IP10-22
IP10-23
IP5-19
INCLINATION SENSOR
G
G
U
20.2
EN16-123
IP5-18
EN65-88 (2.0L)
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
SECURITY
CONTROL
Y
Y
W
D
20.2
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
CA36-11
CA36-10
RC22-6
RC33-1*
RC22-8
RC33-3*
G
OY
IP29-1
B
B
PATS
POWER
O
IPS68
W
W
IP10-6
IP10-2
IP29-5
B
B
B
B
I
O
RCS1
CAS10
CA86-23
RC22-7
RC33-4*
RC22-1
RC33-2*
CA36-13
G15AL
G15AR**
INTRUSION
SENSOR
G37BL
SECURITY INDICATOR
* NOTE: Roof Console without
O
WG
B
Printed Circuit Board.
D
D
IP15-4
IP15-3
IP15-2
IP10-4
IP10-3
IP10-5
IP11-8
ROOF CONSOLE
REMOTE
G
SECURITY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
B
IP15-1
I
IP5-3
PATS
GROUND
RADIO
REMOVED
B
R
W
W
B
I
I
P
OY
CA417-1
CA416-1
CA416-2
IP6-10
IP65-8
IP65-1
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
REMOTE
SECURITY
BRD
BRD
G37AR
JB87-2
JB87-1
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
G37AL
(G36BL)
CA417-2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
AUDIO UNIT
B
B
KEY-IN
JBS56
B
B
I
I
IP18-5
IP6-8
OY
O
O
G11AR
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
I
JB172-4
JB172-3
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
R
O
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
HORNS
4
IP18-4
II
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
R
R
CAS10
FLS1
FRS1
BLS3
4
5
R3
CA15-2
CA20-2
CA25-3
FL9-2
FR9-2
BL6-2
BR6-2
FL9-1
FR9-1
BL6-1
BR6-1
CA15-20
CA1-7
IP6-22 (LHD)
IP6-21 (RHD)
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G15AL
G15AR**
3
OY
OY
JBS32
OY
24
III
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
2
1
B
B
OY
O
IP5-14
JB129-6
B
B
R
R
I
I
I
IGNITION SWITCH
HORN RELAY
CA20-20
CA1-5
IP6-21 (LHD)
IP6-22 (RHD)
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
G4AL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
Y
CAS10
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
B
CA25-14
CA87-15
B
B
B
O
G15AL
G15AR**
CA87-1
CA170-12
JB79-1
JB79-5
SL2-1
SL1-1
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
B
B
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
JBS56
G11AR
B
B
Y
PASSIVE
SECURITY SOUNDER
CAS8
BRS4
DOOR AJ AR
SWITCH
CA30-3
CA30-14
CA86-18
G4AR
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered
Rear Windows only.
RH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
W
20
II
JB79-3
JB79-6
JB79-4
JB79-5
U
U
63
W
NOT CONNECTED
TRUNK AJ AR
SWITCH
TMS3
TM6-2
TM6-3
U
D
N
N
N
JB172-18
I
TM6-5
TM6-1
TL10-5
TL10-4
CA45-5
CA45-4
CA86-22
B
B
JBS56
B
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
CAS9
TMS2
CA45-2
TL10-2
CA87-2
G11AR
ACTIVE
SECURITY SOUNDER
G1AR
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
B
IP6-1
B
B
B
B
I
P
JBS55
JB81-2
JB81-1
JB172-21
CA86-5
NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification
for fitment of the following Security Components:
G14AL
HOOD SECURITY
SWITCH
G5AS
(G5AR)
INCLINATION SENSOR
G4AL
INTRUSION SENSOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 13.1
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I
S
S
O
IP5-4
INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-21
SCP –
IP6
SCP +
J B172
WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
POWER WASH PUMP
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
STEERING COLUMN
J B65
—
2-WAY / GREY
—
SG
IP6-1
IP6-4
IP6-5
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
I
I
INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
J B109
—
2-WAY / WHITE
—
J B63
IP16
5-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / GREY
B+
I
J B172-1
J B172-2
J B172-5
J B172-23
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
B+
O
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Connector
Connector Description
Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
J B3
14-WAY / BLUE / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
LH LOWER A POST
J B129
J B130
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
G14
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Wash / Wipe System
Wash / Wipe System
Fig. 13.1
OY
JB172-1
B
22
O
B
23
JB172-5
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
POWER WASH PUMP
RELAY
SCP
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
R5
4
5
3
2
U
OY
GU
OY
B
B
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
27
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.
JBS54
JB65-1
JB65-2
1
GU
GU
WB
96
O
E
JB172-23
JB172-2
G10AL
POWER WASH
PUMP
FLICK WIPE
WG
WG
WB
WG
WG
O
I
JBS19
IP16-4
JB129-8
JB130-19
IP5-21
IP6-5
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I
WASHER
GR
WB
GU
W
GR
IPS22
GW
IP16-2
IP16-8
IP16-1
IP16-10
62
II
FAST WIPE
IP16-6
JB3-3
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
GU
W
I
I
IP5-4
IP6-4
B
INTERMITTENT SELECT
IP6-1
B
P
GR
CA86-5
61
II
JB63-4
G5AS
(G5AR)
RUN
G4AL
WB
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
JBS26
PARK
JB63-3
WIPER PARK
WB
WG
WB
WG
HIGH SPEED
LOW SPEED
WB
WG
IP16-7
IP16-9
JB3-13
JB3-7
B
B
JB63-1
JB63-2
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
SLOW WIPE
IP16-3
JB63-5
G37BL
(G36BL)
G14AR
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
RELAY
WB
4
R1
5
3
1
GR
WB
GR
59
II
2
WG
61
II
(1)
GW
GW
63
II
JB35-33
JB35-34
F19 15A
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
GR
GR
(2)
O
43
II
JB129-7*
JB3-11
JB109-1
JB109-2
NOTATION:
(1) Later production vehicles.
(2) Early Production vehicles.
WINDSHIELD WASHER
PUMP
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles.
D
B
VARIANT: Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 13.2
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I
S
S
O
IP5-4
INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
IP5-18
IP5-19
IP5-21
SCP –
IP6
SCP +
J B172
WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
POWER WASH PUMP
—
—
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
J B65
—
2-WAY / GREY
—
SG
IP6-1
IP6-4
IP6-5
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE
RAIN SENSOR
I
I
INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
CA6
RC15
J B109
—
12-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / WHITE
—
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
STEERING COLUMN
B+
I
J B172-1
J B172-2
J B172-5
J B172-23
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
J B63
IP16
5-WAY / BLACK
10-WAY / GREY
B+
O
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
CA35
CA241
J B3
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / BLUE / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
LH LOWER A POST
J B129
J B130
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10
G14
G15
G36
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing
Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing
Fig. 13.2
OY
JB172-1
B
22
O
B
23
JB172-5
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
POWER WASH PUMP
RELAY
IP5-19
IP5-18
SCP
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
R5
4
5
3
2
U
OY
GU
OY
B
B
27
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
JBS54
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.
JB65-1
JB65-2
1
GU
GU
WB
96
O
E
JB172-23
JB172-2
G10AL
POWER WASH
PUMP
FLICK WIPE
WASHER
WG
WG
WB
WG
WG
GR
O
I
JBS19
IP16-4
JB130-19
IP5-21
IP6-5
JB129-8
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I
GR
WB
GU
W
IPS22
GW
IP16-2
IP16-8
IP16-1
IP16-10
62
II
FAST WIPE
IP16-6
JBS40
JB3-3
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
GU
W
I
I
IPS23
IP5-4
IP6-4
B
B
INTERMITTENT SELECT
IP6-1
P
GR
CA86-5
61
II
JB63-4
G5AS
(G5AR)
RUN
G4AL
WB
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
PARK
JB63-3
WIPER PARK
WB
WG
WB
HIGH SPEED
LOW SPEED
WB
WG
IP16-7
IP16-9
JB3-13
B
B
JB63-1
JB63-2
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
SLOW WIPE
IP16-3
JB63-5
CA230-15
G37BL
(G36BL)
G14AR
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WG
WG
GU
WB
WB
GR
I
O
I
CA6-7
U
U
RC15-1
RC15-3
RC15-2
CA35-1
CA35-3
CA35-2
CA6-8
CA6-10
CA6-9
CA6-1
CA6-4
CA6-11
CA6-2
CA6-5
CA6-3
CA10-10
CA241-5
CA10-21
CA10-9
W
G
W
G
GU
WB
WB
GR
WG
O
I
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
RELAY
POWER
WB
I
JBS26
4
R1
5
3
1
GR
WB
GR
59
O
I
II
RAIN SENSOR
GROUND
2
WG
60
II
CA241-6
WG** WR
O
CA10-1
O
(1)
GW
GW
B
63
II
CA6-6
B
JB35-33
JB35-34
F19 15A
P
CA6-12
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15AR
G15AL**
RAIN SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
GR
GR
O
(2)
O
43
II
JBS48
JB129-7*
JB3-11
JB109-1
JB109-2
** NOTE: WG, G15AL – early production vehicles.
NOTATION:
(1) Later production vehicles.
(2) Early Production vehicles.
WINDSHIELD WASHER
PUMP
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles.
O
CA10-3
D
B
VARIANT: Rain Sensing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Power Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
O
CA86-16
CA87-17
IP5-3
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 m s PULSED SIGNAL
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
I
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD)
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR
FL1
20-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
LH REAR DOOR
SG
B+
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
BL1
FR10
BR1
J B172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD)
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR
PASSENGER DOOR
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
J B172
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
FL2
BL2
FR2
BR2
8-WAY / GREY
8-WAY / GREY
8-WAY / GREY
8-WAY / GREY
LH FRONT DOOR
LH REAR DOOR
RH FRONT DOOR
RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
CA16
CA20
CA25
CA30
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G5
G15
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Windows: LHD
Powered Windows: LHD
Fig. 14.1
*
NOTE: Remote Global Close –ROW vehicles only.
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
OY
JB172-1
WG
B
SLIDING ROOF
14.3
22
W
W
I
CA416-1
CA416-2
CA417-1
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE*
BRD
BRD
CA417-2
B
I
I
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE*
IP5-3
RELAY
WG
OY
GW
WG
U
O
GLOBAL
CLOSE
37
CA87-17
FL2-7
FL2-2
FL2-6
FL2-4
FL2-3
SET
B
G
51
GLOBAL
CLOSE
II
B
B
B
B
FL3-5
FL3-7
CA16-5
CA86-16
POSITION
SENSORS
CAS10
FLS1
CA15-2
FL3-6
WG
MOTOR
CONTROL
CAS22
CA15-10
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
G15AL
G15AR**
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
FLS1
FRS1
BLS3
BRS4
CAS10
FL2-8
FR2-8
BL2-8
BR2-8
CA15-2
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
G
G15AL
IP6-1
G15AR**
G5AS
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
(G5AR)
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
GW
REAR
52
WINDOWS
ISOLATE
CONTROL
II
FL1-15
REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE
BW
BW
O
RELAY
FL1-5
CA15-7
OY
GU
WG
W
39
FR2-7
FR2-2
FR2-6
FR2-4
FR2-3
U
U
U
46
II
FL1-12
FL1-13
FL1-19
FL1-20
FL1-9
CA15-3
CA15-4
CA15-5
CA15-6
CA15-13
CA15-14
CA15-11
CA15-12
CA15-1
CA15-15
CA20-5
CA20-6
CA25-1
CA25-2
CA30-1
CA30-2
LH FRONT
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
WINDOW
POSITION
MOTOR
G
G
G
W
O
R
Y
WG
SENSORS
CONTROL
CA20-10
W
O
W
O
B
FRS3
CA20-2
RH FRONT
WINDOW
O
FRS2
G4AL
RW
YB
R
RW
YB
R
LH REAR
WINDOW
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
FL1-10
FL1-1
R
Y
RH REAR
WINDOW
B
B
B
B
Y
Y
CAS10
FLS1
RELAY
CA15-2
FL1-14
FL1-2
OY
GW
WG
R
36
BL2-7
BL2-2
BL2-6
BL2-4
BL2-3
G15AL
G15AR**
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
49
II
POSITION
WG
MOTOR
SENSORS
CONTROL
B
B
B
W
O
CA25-6
FRS1
CA20-2
FR10-8
FR10-3
FR10-7
B
B
BLS2
CAS10
CA25-3
Y
G4AL
G15AL
G15AR**
BLS1
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
R
BL1-3
BL1-7
BL1-8
Y
RELAY
BW
BW
OY
GU
WG
R
38
CAS59
CA25-7
BR2-7
BR2-2
BR2-6
BR2-4
BR2-3
45
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
II
POSITION
WG
MOTOR
SENSORS
CONTROL
CA30-6
R
B
B
BRS2
CAS8
BR1-3
BR1-7
BR1-8
CA30-3
Y
Y
BRS1
G4AR
BW
BW
CA30-7
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –
Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.
D
B
VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 14.2
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
O
CA86-16
CA87-17
IP5-3
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 m s PULSED SIGNAL
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
I
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD)
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR
FL1
20-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
8-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
LH REAR DOOR
SG
B+
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
BL1
FR10
BR1
J B172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD)
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR
PASSENGER DOOR
RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
IP6
J B172
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR
FL2
BL2
FR2
BR2
8-WAY / GREY
8-WAY / GREY
8-WAY / GREY
8-WAY / GREY
LH FRONT DOOR
LH REAR DOOR
RH FRONT DOOR
RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
CA20
CA21
CA25
CA30
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G5
G15
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Powered Windows: RHD
Powered Windows: RHD
Fig. 14.2
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
OY
JB172-1
WG
B
14.3
SLIDING ROOF
22
W
W
I
CA416-1
CA416-2
CA417-1
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE
BRD
BRD
CA417-2
B
REMOTE
I
I
GLOBAL CLOSE
IP5-3
RELAY
WG
OY
GU
WG
U
GLOBAL
CLOSE
O
39
CA87-17
FR2-7
FR2-2
FR2-6
FR2-4
FR2-3
SET
B
G
GLOBAL
CLOSE
48
II
B
B
B
FR3-6
FR3-5
FR3-7
CA21-5
CA86-16
FRS1
POSITION
SENSORS
MOTOR
CONTROL
CA20-2
WG
CAS22
CA20-10
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
G4AL
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
FRS1
FLS1
BLS3
BRS4
FR2-8
FL2-8
BL2-8
BR2-8
CA20-2
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
G
IP6-1
G4AL
G5AS
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
(G5AR)
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
REAR
GU
47
WINDOWS
ISOLATE
CONTROL
II
FR1-15
REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE
BW
BW
O
RELAY
FR1-5
CA20-7
OY
GW
WG
W
37
FL2-7
FL2-2
FL2-6
FL2-4
FL2-3
W
O
W
O
U
50
II
FR1-19
FR1-20
FR1-12
FR1-13
FR1-9
CA20-5
CA20-6
CA20-3
CA20-4
CA20-13
CA20-14
CA20-11
CA20-12
CA20-1
CA20-15
CA15-5
CA15-6
CA25-1
CA25-2
CA30-1
CA30-2
RH FRONT
WINDOW
POSITION
G
W
O
R
Y
WG
MOTOR
SENSORS
CONTROL
CA15-10
U
U
B
B
FLS10
CAS10
CA15-2
LH FRONT
WINDOW
G
G
O
G15AL
G15AR*
FLS11
RW
YB
R
RW
YB
R
LH REAR
WINDOW
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
FR1-10
FR1-1
R
Y
RH REAR
WINDOW
B
B
B
B
Y
Y
FRS1
RELAY
CA20-2
FR1-14
FR1-2
OY
GW
WG
R
36
BL2-7
BL2-2
BL2-6
BL2-4
BL2-3
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
49
G4AL
II
POSITION
SENSORS
WG
MOTOR
CONTROL
B
B
B
W
O
CA25-6
CAS10
FLS1
CA15-2
FL10-8
FL10-3
FL10-7
B
B
BLS2
CAS10
CA25-3
G15AL
G15AR*
Y
BLS1
G15AL
G15AR*
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
R
BL1-3
BL1-7
BL1-8
Y
RELAY
BW
BW
OY
GU
WG
R
38
CAS59
CA25-7
BR2-7
BR2-2
BR2-6
BR2-4
BR2-3
45
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
II
POSITION
SENSORS
WG
MOTOR
CONTROL
CA30-6
R
B
B
BRS2
CAS8
BR1-3
BR1-7
BR1-8
CA30-3
Y
Y
BRS1
G4AR
BW
BW
CA30-7
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –
Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
D
B
VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Control Module
Fig. 14.3
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
CA86-16
SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
O
O
CA87-17
CA87-20
GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 m s PULSED SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH
IP6
J B172
I
S
S
IP5-3
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE
FL3
FL9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
LH FRONT DOOR
IP5-18
IP5-19
SCP –
SCP +
FR3
FR9
8-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
RH FRONT DOOR
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
SG
B+
IP6-1
LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
J B172-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
RC14
10-WAY / GREY
ROOF CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA15
CA16
CA20
CA21
CA36
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH LOWER A POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G5
G15
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Sliding Roof
Sliding Roof
Fig. 14.3
WG
WG
WG
WG
14.2 14.1
WINDOW CLOSE
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
O
B
B
59
RC14-1
RC14-7
WU
WU
Y
53
O
O
OPEN / DOWN
TILT / CLOSE
II
OY
JB172-1
RC14-9
RC14-8
RC22-5
RC34-2*
B
22
GLOBAL
CLOSE
WG
U
WG
WG
U
O
I
I
CAS22
Y
U
CA87-17
CA87-20
CA36-6
CA36-2
RC14-2
RC14-6
RC22-4
RC34-5*
S
S
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
VEHICLE
SPEED
SCP
B
20.2
RC22-1
RC34-6*
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
VEHICLE
SPEED
O
B
B
B
B
CAS10
P
ROOF CONSOLE
RCS1
** NOTE: Remote Global Close –
ROW vehicles only.
REMOTE
RC14-10
CA36-13
GLOBAL CLOSE **
B
I
G15AL
G15AR***
IP5-3
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
SET / LOCK (LHD)
B
G
CA86-16
I
GLOBAL
CLOSE (LHD)
B
B
B
B
FL3-5
FL3-7
CA16-5
CAS10
FLS1
CA15-2
FL3-6
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE **
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
G15AL
W
W
I
G15AR***
CA416-1
CA417-1
CA417-2
BRD
BRD
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
CA416-2
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
SET / LOCK (RHD)
B
G
CA86-16
GLOBAL
CLOSE (RHD)
I
B
B
B
FR3-5
FR3-7
CA21-5
FRS1
CA20-2
FR3-6
KEY BARREL
SWITCH
G4AL
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
IP6-1
G5AS
(G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: Sliding Roof Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
D2
D2
ID1-1
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
ANTENNA MODULE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
AUDIO UNIT
CA117
—
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
ID1-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PG
B+
O
O
O
O
I
IP65-1
IP65-2
IP65-3
IP65-4
IP65-5
IP65-6
IP65-7
IP65-8
IP65-9
IP65-10
IP65-11
IP65-13
IP65-14
IP65-15
IP65-16
IP65-17
IP65-18
IP65-19
POWER GROUND: GROUND
IP65
IP106
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
LH REAR AUDIO +
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
REAR WINDOW
LH REAR AUDIO -
RH REAR AUDIO +
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
—
—
RH REAR AUDIO -
ZA10
TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
SPEAKER – LH FRONT
SPEAKER – LH REAR
SPEAKER – RH FRONT
SPEAKER – RH REAR
FL6
BL4
FR5
BR4
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR CASING
LH REAR DOOR CASING
RH FRONT DOOR CASING
RH REAR DOOR CASING
O
S
SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
SCP +
S
SCP –
B+
O
O
O
O
I
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
LH FRONT AUDIO -
LH FRONT AUDIO +
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
RH FRONT AUDIO -
Connector
Connector Description
Location
RH FRONT AUDIO +
CA16
CA21
CA25
CA30
CA189
CA230
J B1
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
I
O
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
RH B/C POST
2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA
LH LOWER A POST
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
J B129
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G14
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
In-Car Entertainment: Standard
In-Car Entertainment: Standard
Fig. 15.1
NW
B
B
COAXIAL CABLE
58
IP65-11
IP65-2
YG
B
6
I
I
YG
IP106-J1
IP106-J2
CA189-1
CA117-1
CA117-2
CA115-2
5
I
CA189-2
AM
COAXIAL CABLES
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
IP65-9
CA183-1
CA183-2
FM
P
IP65-10
HEATED REAR WINDOW
O
R
Y
I
O
I
ANTENNA
MODULE
09.2
12.3
RADIO ILLUMINATION
IP65-17
IP65-8
IP65-7
IP65-19
SECURITY SYSTEM:
RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:
MUTE
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
LH FRONT
SPEAKER
LH REAR
SPEAKER
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
UY
UY
FL6
-2
FL6
-1
BL4
-2
BL4
-1
I
SW3-2
SW3-3
SW4-2
SW4-3
IP34-7
IP65-18
CASSETTE
B
B
YG
W
Y
W
Y
W
O
O
–
+
SWS1
IP34-6
IP65-14
IP65-13
CA230-5
CA230-6
CA16-1
PHONE;
VOICE
VOLUME
SEEK
MODE
CASSETTE
Y
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CA16-2
WU
YU
WU
YU
WU
YU
O
O
YG
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)
IP65-3
IP65-4
CA230-7
CA230-8
CA25-12
CA25-13
03.2
ECM: GROUND
JB1-24
JB129-14
B
B
WG
YR
WG
YR
WG
YR
O
O
JBS55
IP65-5
IP65-6
CA230-9
CA30-12
CA30-13
G14AL
CA230-10
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
O
O
IP65-16
IP65-15
CA230-11
CA230-12
CA21-1
CA21-2
D2B
OY
CA301-2
FR5
-1
FR5
-2
BR4
-1
BR4
-2
B
57 55
NOTE:
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
2
2
CD2-1
CD2-2
ID1-1
ID1-2
55 – Navigation vehicles.
57 – Non Navigation vehicles.
D
D
2
2
O
D2B NETWORK
“WAKE-UP”
I
20.3
CA301-3
RH FRONT
SPEAKER
RH REAR
SPEAKER
P
B
B
P
P
CA301-1
IP65-1
G37AR
G1AL
CD AUTOCHANGER
AUDIO UNIT
D
B
VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Fig. 15.2
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
D2
D2
ID1-1
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
ANTENNA MODULE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
AUDIO UNIT
CA117
—
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
ID1-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PG
B+
O
O
O
O
I
IP65-1
POWER GROUND: GROUND
IP65
IP106
IP65-2
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
IP65-3
LH REAR AUDIO +
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
REAR WINDOW
IP65-4
LH REAR AUDIO -
IP65-5
RH REAR AUDIO +
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ZA1
—
—
IP65-6
RH REAR AUDIO -
ZA10
IP65-7
TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR
SUB WOOFER
FL6
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
14-WAY / GREY
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
2-WAY / WHITE
LH FRONT DOOR CASING
LH REAR DOOR CASING
RH FRONT DOOR CASING
RH REAR DOOR CASING
PARCEL SHELF
O
S
IP65-8
SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
BL4
FR5
BR4
CA124
FL8
IP65-9
SCP +
S
IP65-10
IP65-11
IP65-12
IP65-13
IP65-14
IP65-15
IP65-16
IP65-17
IP65-18
IP65-19
SCP –
B+
O
O
O
O
O
I
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
AMPLIFIER ENABLE
TWEETER – LH FRONT
LH FRONT DOOR CASING
LH REAR DOOR CASING
RH FRONT DOOR CASING
RH REAR DOOR CASING
LH FRONT AUDIO -
TWEETER – LH REAR
BL5
FR8
BR8
LH FRONT AUDIO +
TWEETER – RH FRONT
RH FRONT AUDIO -
TWEETER – RH REAR
RH FRONT AUDIO +
DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
Connector
Connector Description
Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
CA16
CA21
CA25
CA30
CA189
CA230
J B1
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE A POST
DRIVER SIDE A POST
LH B/C POST
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD
RH B/C POST
2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA
LH LOWER A POST
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
J B129
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
G14
G37
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
In-Car Entertainment: Premium
In-Car Entertainment: Premium
Fig. 15.2
NW
YG
B
B
COAXIAL CABLE
58
IP65-11
IP65-2
YG
B
6
I
I
IP106-J1
IP106-J2
CA189-1
CA189-2
CA117-1
CA117-2
CA115-2
5
I
AM
COAXIAL CABLES
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
IP65-9
CA183-1
CA183-2
FM
P
IP65-10
HEATED REAR WINDOW
O
R
Y
LH FRONT
LH REAR
MID BASS
SPEAKER
I
O
I
ANTENNA
MODULE
09.2
12.3
RADIO ILLUMINATION
MID BASS
SPEAKER
LH FRONT
TWEETER
LH REAR
TWEETER
IP65-17
IP65-8
IP65-7
IP65-19
SECURITY SYSTEM:
RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:
MUTE
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
FL6
-2
FL6
-1
FL8
FL8
-1
BL4
-2
BL4
-1
BL5
-2
BL5
-1
-2
O
D2B NETWORK:
NETWORK “WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
W
Y
WU YU
W
Y
W
Y
W
W
Y
W
Y
O
O
CAS75
FLS8
IP65-14
IP65-13
CA230-5
CA230-6
CA16-1
CA16-2
UY
UY
Y
I
CAS76
FLS9
SW3-2
SW3-3
SW4-2
SW4-3
IP34-7
IP65-18
CASSETTE
WU
YU
WU
YU
WU
YU
WU
YU
WU
YU
O
O
CAS51
BLS5
B
B
YG
IP65-3
IP65-4
CA230-7
CA230-8
CA25-12
CA25-13
–
+
SWS1
IP34-6
PHONE;
VOICE
VOLUME
SEEK
MODE
CASSETTE
CAS52
BLS6
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
YG
WG
YR
WG
YR
WG
YR
WG
YR
WG
YR
O
O
CAS55
BRS5
IP65-5
IP65-6
CA230-9
CA30-12
CA30-13
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)
03.2
ECM: GROUND
CAS56
BRS6
JB1-24
JB129-14
CA230-10
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
WR
YR
O
O
CAS77
FRS5
B
B
IP65-16
IP65-15
CA230-11
CA230-12
CA21-1
CA21-2
JBS55
CAS78
FRS6
G14AL
YR WG
YR WR
FR5
-1
FR5
-2
FR8
-1
FR8
-2
BR4
-1
BR4
-2
BR8
-1
BR8
-2
D2B
OY
CA301-2
B
57 55
NOTE:
BOF
BOF
D
D
20.3
20.3
20.3
RH FRONT
MID BASS
SPEAKER
RH FRONT
TWEETER
RH REAR
MID BASS
SPEAKER
RH REAR
TWEETER
2
2
CD2-1
CD2-2
ID1-1
ID1-2
55 – Navigation vehicles.
57 – Non Navigation vehicles.
BOF
BOF
D
D
20.3
2
2
YR
WR
YR
WG
YU
WU
Y
- ve
O
CA124-9
CA124-10
CA124-5
CA124-8
CA124-14
CA124-11
CA124-12
CA124-13
CA124-2
NR
D2B NETWORK
20.3
B
I
60
“WAKE-UP”
CA301-3
CA124-7
+ ve
- ve
+ ve
- ve
+ ve
B
P
CA301-1
G1AL
CD AUTOCHANGER
- ve
W
+ ve
B
W
W
B
O
I
P
P
IP65-1
IP65-12
CA230-2
CA124-1
G37AR
G2AS
SUB WOOFER
AUDIO UNIT
D
B
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
—
—
PG
SG
B+
B+
B+
I
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
MUTE COMMAND
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PH1-3
IP65
IP106
PH1-4
PH1-7
COMPUTER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
PH1-8
COMPUTER
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
MICROPHONE +
PH1-11
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-15
PH1-16
PH1-17
PH1-18
PH1-20
PH1-22
PH1-23
PH1-24
PH1-25
PH1-26
PH1-29
PH1-30
PH1-31
PH1-32
HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW)
J aguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PP1
PH5
—
CENTER CONSOLE
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
O
I
I
MICROPHONE -
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
D
D
I
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
—
I
COMPUTER
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
—
22-WAY / BLACK
—
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR BUMPER
PARCEL SHELF
POWER GROUND: GROUND
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW)
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, J aguarNet (ROW)
I
PH13
2-WAY / COAXIAL
I
I
I
J aguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
J aguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O
Connector
Connector Description
Location
D2
D2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA35
CA36
CA241
CA406
CA407
CA414
PH11
RH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
G39
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Telephone System: ROW
Telephone System: ROW
Fig. 16.1
NR
NR
YG
Y
B
B
B
B
51
52
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-29
11
I
28
II
BOF
BOF
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D
2
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(BUMPER)
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
PH1-23
I
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
PH3-1
I
NA7-13
CA414-8
PH3-2
TELEPHONE
COAXIAL CABLE
I
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
PH3-1
PH13-1
PH13-2
PH3-2
Y
Y
I
O
MUTE
CAS49
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
IP65-7
CA241-8
CA407-7
PH1-4
RU
BG
YU
YB
YU
RU
BG
YU
YB
YU
O
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
PH1-1
PH11-4
PH11-7
PH11-8
PH11-5
PH11-6
PP1-4
PP1-7
PP1-8
PP1-5
PP1-6
AUDIO UNIT
PH1-26
PH1-3
I
O
D
D
TELEPHONE
IP70-10
CA1-19
PH1-20
PH1-22
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
G
RC22-12
G
W
Y
G
G
W
Y
I
I
RCS6*
CA35-5
CA35-6
CA35-4
CA406-2
CA406-3
CA406-1
PH1-18
PH1-11
PH1-17
RC31-2*
BRD
W
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
YG
YR
YB
YG
YP
YS
PH1-8
PH1-24
PH1-7
PH11-2
PH11-3
PH11-9
PP1-2
PP1-3
PP1-9
Y
COMPUTER
RCS7*
MICROPHONE
RC22-11
RC31-1*
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
HANDSET
RECEIVER
COAXIAL CABLE
NR
NR
NR
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
17.1
CA241-13
CA407-1
PH1-30
PH5-1
PH5-2
PH6-1
PH6-2
J aguarNet **
J aguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
YB
YB
YB
I
PH1-31
CA407-2
CA35-10
RC22-17
INFORMATION
O
O
O
O
O
INFORMATION
ASSIST
PH1-32
PH1-16
CA407-3
CA407-4
CA35-7
CA35-9
RC22-18
RC22-16
OG
OG
OG
YU
YU
YU
B
RC22-1
B
B
B
I
RCS1
CAS10
PH1-15
CA407-5
CA35-8
RC22-15
CA36-13
ASSIST
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
B
P
P
PH1-9
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
PHS3
PH1-25
B
G39AS
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
O
I
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
MUTE COMMAND
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PH1-2
IP65
IP106
PH1-3
PH1-4
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS)
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
PH1-5
MANUAL TEST DATA
I
PH1-6
PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG
SG
SG
B+
B+
B+
I
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
PH9
—
LH A POST
LH A POST
PH1-10
PH1-11
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-15
PH1-16
PH1-17
PH1-18
PH1-20
PH1-21
PH1-22
PH1-23
PH1-25
PH1-26
PH1-29
PH1-30
PH1-31
PH1-32
ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
PH10
10-WAY / GREY
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
J aguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PH5
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
MICROPHONE +
O
I
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I
MICROPHONE -
D
D
D
I
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
PH4
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
REAR BUMPER
PARCEL SHELF
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS)
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, J aguarNet (NAS)
I
POWER GROUND: GROUND
PH12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
I
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I
I
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I
J aguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
J aguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
Connector
Connector Description
Location
O
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
D2
D2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
CA35
CA36
CA241
CA406
CA407
CA414
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G15
G39
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Telephone System: NAS
Telephone System: NAS
Fig. 16.2
NR
NR
YG
Y
B
B
B
B
51
52
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-29
11
I
28
II
BOF
BOF
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D
2
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
PH1-23
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
I
TELEPHONE
NA7-13
CA414-8
RU
BG
WG
YU
Y
O
PH1-1
PH1-26
PH1-2
PH1-3
PH1-6
PH1-5
PH1-10
PH1-21
PH1-20
PH1-22
PH10-3
PH10-2
PH10-8
PH10-9
PH10-1
PH10-10
PH10-7
PH10-4
PH10-5
PH10-6
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
COAXIAL CABLE
PH4-1
Y
Y
PH9-1
PH9-2
I
O
O
O
I
MUTE
CAS49
IP65-7
CA241-8
CA407-7
PH1-4
PH4-2
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(BUMPER)
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
AUDIO UNIT
Y
I
I
IP70-10
CA1-19
BO
YG
YB
YU
COAXIAL CABLE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
PH12-1
PH12-2
PH9-1
PH9-2
D
D
D
G
RC22-12
G
W
Y
G
G
W
Y
I
I
RCS6*
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
CA35-5
CA35-6
CA35-4
CA406-2
CA406-3
CA406-1
PH1-18
PH1-11
PH1-17
RC31-2*
BRD
W
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
Y
RCS7*
MICROPHONE
RC22-11
RC31-1*
HANDSET
RECEIVER
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE
COAXIAL CABLE
NR
NR
NR
I
I
I
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
17.1
PH6-1
PH6-2
CA241-13
CA407-1
PH1-30
PH5-1
PH5-2
J aguarNet **
J aguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
YB
YB
YB
PH1-31
CA407-2
CA35-10
RC22-17
INFORMATION
O
O
O
O
O
INFORMATION
ASSIST
PH1-32
PH1-16
CA407-3
CA407-4
CA35-7
CA35-9
RC22-18
RC22-16
OG
OG
OG
YU
YU
YU
B
RC22-1
B
B
B
I
RCS1
CAS10
PH1-15
CA407-5
CA35-8
RC22-15
CA36-13
ASSIST
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
B
P
P
PH1-9
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
PHS3
PH1-25
B
G39AS
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Fig. 16.3
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
—
—
PG
SG
B+
B+
B+
I
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
MUTE COMMAND
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
PH1-3
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PH1-4
IP65
IP106
PH1-7
COMPUTER
PH1-8
COMPUTER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
MICROPHONE +
PH1-11
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-15
PH1-16
PH1-17
PH1-18
PH1-20
PH1-22
PH1-23
PH1-24
PH1-25
PH1-26
PH1-29
PH1-30
PH1-31
PH1-32
HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW)
J aguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PP1
PH5
—
CENTER CONSOLE
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH REAR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
O
I
I
MICROPHONE -
D
D
I
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
CENTER CONSOLE
—
I
COMPUTER
POWER GROUND: GROUND
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
I
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
I
2-WAY
I
2-WAY
I
J aguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
J aguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
2-WAY
O
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW)
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, J aguarNet (ROW)
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
—
—
REAR BUMPER
PARCEL SHELF
TRUNK LH REAR
PH13
PH2
2-WAY / COAXIAL
22-WAY / GREY
D2
D2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Voice Activation Control Module
Connector
Connector Description
Location
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
I
PH2-1
MICROPHONE +
CA35
CA36
CA241
CA406
CA407
CA414
J B1
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
SG
B+
B+
PG
I
PH2-2
MICROPHONE SHIELD
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
PH2-6
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
POWER GROUND
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
PH2-8
PH2-11
PH2-12
PH2-14
PH2-22
MICROPHONE -
O
D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
J B129
PH11
D2
D2
CD4-1
CD2-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G14
G15
G39
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Telephone System with Voice: ROW
Telephone System with Voice: ROW
Fig. 16.3
YG
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
YG
(2.0 L)
B
B
NR
NR
YG
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
B
B
B
B
I
03.2
ECM: GROUND
51
52
JBS55
JB1-24
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-29
CA414-8
CA241-8
CA1-19
NA7-13
G14AL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
B
B
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
11
I
SWS1
SW3-3
SW4-3
IP34-6
IP34-7
JB129-14
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
Y
28
I
II
CAS49
CA407-7
IP65-7
UY
UY
SW3-2
SW4-2
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
PHONE;
VOICE
20.3
AUDIO UNIT
PH1-23
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
BOF
BOF
D
I
STEERING WHEEL
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
CD3-1
CD3-2
IP70-10
D
2
I
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP65-18
BOF
Y
D
O
I
20.3 20.4
20.3 20.4
2
MUTE
ID1-1
ID1-2
PH1-4
BOF
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
D
2
(BUMPER)
PH3-1
PH3-2
COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH3-1
PH3-2
PH13-1
PH13-2
AUDIO UNIT
NR
B
B
B
50
PH2-22
PH2-8
PH2-6
TELEPHONE
YG
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
10
I
RU
BG
YU
YB
YU
RU
BG
YU
YB
YU
O
WR
PH1-1
PH11-4
PH11-7
PH11-8
PH11-5
PH11-6
PP1-4
PP1-7
PP1-8
PP1-5
PP1-6
25
II
PH1-26
PH1-3
BOF
BOF
D
O
D
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
TELEPHONE
2
CD4-1
CD4-2
D2B
D
2
PH1-20
PH1-22
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
PH2-14
YG
YR
YB
YG
YP
YS
PH1-8
PH1-24
PH1-7
PH11-2
PH11-3
PH11-9
PP1-2
PP1-3
PP1-9
G
RC22-12
RC31-2*
G
G
G
G
W
Y
I
I
COMPUTER
RCS6*
CA35-5
CA35-6
CA35-4
CA406-2
PH2-12
PH2-2
PH2-1
PH2-13
PH1-18
PH1-11
PH1-17
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
W
Y
BRD
CA406-3
CA406-1
Y
MICROPHONE
RCS7*
RC22-11
RC31-1*
PH2-3
HANDSET
RECEIVER
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
COAXIAL CABLE
PH2-11
I
I
PH5-1
PH5-2
PH6-1
PH6-2
J aguarNet **
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
J aguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
NR
NR
NR
YB
YB
YB
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
17.1
CA241-13
CA407-1
PH1-30
PH1-31
CA407-2
CA35-10
RC22-17
INFORMATION
O
O
CA407-3
O
O
O
INFORMATION
ASSIST
PH1-32
PH1-16
CA35-7
CA35-9
RC22-18
RC22-16
OG
OG
OG
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CA407-4
YU
YU
YU
B
RC22-1
B
B
B
I
RCS1
CAS10
PH1-15
CA407-5
CA35-8
RC22-15
CA36-13
ASSIST
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
B
P
P
B
PH1-9
PHS3
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
PH1-25
B
G39AS
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.
D
B
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
O
O
O
O
I
PH1-1
PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
MUTE COMMAND
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
PH1-2
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PH1-3
IP65
IP106
PH1-4
PH1-5
MANUAL TEST DATA
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS)
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
TRUNK LH REAR
I
PH1-6
PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG
SG
SG
B+
B+
B+
I
PH1-9
POWER GROUND: GROUND
PH1-10
PH1-11
PH1-12
PH1-13
PH1-14
PH1-15
PH1-16
PH1-17
PH1-18
PH1-20
PH1-21
PH1-22
PH1-23
PH1-25
PH1-26
PH1-29
PH1-30
PH1-31
PH1-32
ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PH9
—
LH A POST
LH A POST
PH10
10-WAY / GREY
J aguarNet GPS ANTENNA
PH5
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH REAR
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
J aguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
MICROPHONE +
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
O
I
I
MICROPHONE -
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
CENTER CONSOLE
D
D
D
I
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
I
POWER GROUND: GROUND
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
I
TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
2-WAY
I
2-WAY
2-WAY
I
I
J aguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
J aguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS)
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, J aguarNet (NAS)
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH4
2-WAY
REAR BUMPER
PARCEL SHELF
TRUNK LH REAR
O
PH12
PH2
2-WAY / COAXIAL
22-WAY / GREY
D2
D2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
Voice Activation Control Module
CA1
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
CA35
CA36
CA241
CA406
CA407
CA414
RH LOWER A POST
I
PH2-1
MICROPHONE +
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
SG
B+
B+
PG
I
PH2-2
MICROPHONE SHIELD
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
PH2-6
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
POWER GROUND
PH2-8
PH2-11
PH2-12
PH2-14
PH2-22
MICROPHONE -
O
D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
D2
D2
CD4-1
CD2-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
G15
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Telephone System with Voice: NAS
Telephone System with Voice: NAS
Fig. 16.4
YG
YG
ECM: GROUND
03.2
JB1-24
JB129-14
B
B
YG
NR
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
B
I
51
SWS1
SW3-3
SW4-3
IP34-6
IP34-7
PH1-12
CA414-8
CA241-8
CA1-19
NA7-13
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NR
B
52
PH1-13
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
UY
UY
YG
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
B
11
I
SW3-2
SW4-2
PH1-14
PHONE;
VOICE
Y
Y
B
28
I
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
II
CAS49
PH1-29
CA407-7
IP65-7
STEERING WHEEL
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
O
AUDIO UNIT
20.3
PH1-23
I
BOF
BOF
IP65-18
D
I
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
CD3-1
CD3-2
IP70-10
BOF
D
D
20.3 20.4
20.3 20.4
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
BOF
D
2
Y
O
O
MUTE
PH1-4
TELEPHONE
AUDIO UNIT
NR
YG
WR
RU
BG
WG
YU
Y
B
B
B
50
PH2-22
PH2-8
PH2-6
PH1-1
PH1-26
PH1-2
PH1-3
PH1-6
PH1-5
PH1-10
PH1-21
PH1-20
PH1-22
PH10-3
PH10-2
PH10-8
PH10-9
PH10-1
PH10-10
PH10-7
PH10-4
PH10-5
PH10-6
10
I
COAXIAL CABLE
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH4-1
PH4-2
25
O
O
I
II
BOF
BOF
TELEPHONE
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
ANTENNA
CD4-1
CD4-2
D2B
(BUMPER)
D
2
Y
I
D2B NETWORK:
O
BO
YG
YB
YU
O
20.3
“WAKE-UP”
COAXIAL CABLE
PH2-14
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH12-1
PH12-2
D
D
D
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
G
RC22-12
RC31-2*
G
G
G
G
I
I
RCS6*
CA35-5
CA35-6
CA35-4
CA406-2
PH2-12
PH2-2
PH2-1
PH2-13
PH2-3
PH1-18
PH1-11
PH1-17
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
W
Y
BRD
W
Y
CA406-3
CA406-1
Y
HANDSET
RECEIVER
MICROPHONE
RCS7*
RC22-11
RC31-1*
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
COAXIAL CABLE
PH2-11
I
I
PH5-1
PH5-2
PH6-1
PH6-2
J aguarNet **
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
J aguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
NR
NR
NR
YB
YB
YB
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
17.1
CA241-13
CA407-1
PH1-30
PH1-31
CA407-2
CA35-10
RC22-17
INFORMATION
O
O
O
O
O
INFORMATION
ASSIST
PH1-32
PH1-16
CA407-3
CA407-4
CA35-7
CA35-9
RC22-18
RC22-16
OG
OG
OG
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
YU
YU
YU
B
RC22-1
B
B
B
I
RCS1
CAS10
PH1-15
CA407-5
CA35-8
RC22-15
ASSIST
CA36-13
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
P
B
PH1-9
PHS3
B
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
PH1-25
B
G39AS
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Voice Activation Control Module
Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
I
PH2-1
MICROPHONE +
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
SW4
6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL
SG
B+
B+
PG
I
PH2-2
MICROPHONE SHIELD
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PH2-6
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
POWER GROUND
IP65
IP106
PH2-8
PH2-11
PH2-12
PH2-14
PH2-22
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
MICROPHONE -
O
D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
D2
D2
CD4-1
CD2-2
D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA35
CA406
J B1
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
LH LOWER A POST
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
J B129
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G14
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Voice Control System
Voice Control System
Fig. 16.5
YG
YG
(2.5, 3.0 L)
03.2
ECM: GROUND
JB1-24
B
B
YG
(2.0 L)
B
B
SWS1
JBS55
SW3-3
SW4-3
IP34-6
IP34-7
JB129-14
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
G14AL
UY
UY
SW3-2
SW4-2
PHONE;
VOICE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
I
IP65-18
BOF
D
20.3 20.4
20.3 20.4
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
BOF
D
2
NR
YG
WR
B
B
B
50
PH2-22
PH2-8
PH2-6
AUDIO UNIT
10
I
25
II
BOF
BOF
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
CD4-1
CD4-2
D2B
D
2
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
PH2-14
G
RC22-12
RC31-2*
G
W
Y
G
G
I
RCS6*
CA35-5
CA406-2
PH2-12
BRD
W
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
W
Y
CA35-6
CA35-4
CA406-3
CA406-1
PH2-2
PH2-1
Y
I
RCS7*
MICROPHONE
RC22-11
RC31-1*
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE
B
P
PH2-11
G1BR
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.
D
B
VARIANT: Voice Only Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 16.6
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NA12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
CENTER CONSOLE
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
TRAFFIC MASTER CONTROL MODULE
NA15
5-WAY / GREEN
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
NA24
16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G37
G40
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
TRUNK / LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Navigation System (except Japan)
Navigation System (except Japan)
Fig. 16.6
NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.
56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.
OY
YG
B
B
54 56
NA7-1
COAXIAL CABLE
8
I
NA7-11
NA6-1
NA12-1
NA12-2
NA6-2
BOF
BOF
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
CD5-1
CD5-2
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
D
2
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
NA7-3
Y
U
S
S
20.2
20.2
NA7-4
GB
YG
B
B
18
NA7-14
Y
U
Y
U
IP70-1
IP70-2
NA1-7
NA24-1
NA24-2
IP70-4
4
I
Y
I
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
TELEPHONE: MUTE
NA7-13
NA1-20
IP70-15
O
DIMMER-CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
I
09.2
IP70-9
G
U
R
Y
B
G
U
R
Y
B
NA1-2
NA1-15
NA1-14
NA1-3
NA1-1
NA24-3
NA24-4
NA24-5
NA24-6
NA24-7
IP70-7
IP70-17
IP70-6
IP70-5
IP70-18
W
BRD
W
W
BRD
W
NA1-16
NA24-8
IP70-8
B
P
IP70-12
B
G37BR
P
NAVIGATION SCREEN
AND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NA7-2
G40BS
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: NAV Vehicles except Japan
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 16.7
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA
ROOF CONSOLE
NA12
2-WAY / COAXIAL
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP70
22-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY
CENTER CONSOLE
IP136
IP137
IP138
IP139
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR
NA20
NA21
NA22
NA23
NA11
NA9
2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA
BEHIND RH E POST
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
2-WAY
10-WAY / NATURAL
2-WAY
TRUNK LH REAR
CA222
TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA35
CA406
NA24
NA25
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
RH LOWER A POST
3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
BELOW CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
8-WAY / COAXIAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40
TRUNK / LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Navigation System: Japan
Navigation System: Japan
Fig. 16.7
NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.
56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.
OY
B
B
54 56
NA7-1
COAXIAL CABLE
YG
8
I
I
NA7-11
NA6-1
NA12-1
NA12-2
NA6-2
BOF
BOF
D
20.4 20.3
20.4 20.3
2
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
CD5-1
CD5-2
D
2
O
D2B NETWORK:
“WAKE-UP”
O
20.3
NA7-3
GB
YG
B
B
18
Y
U
IP70-1
IP70-2
S
S
20.2
20.2
NA7-4
4
I
NA7-14
Y
Y
U
NA1-7
NA24-1
NA24-2
IP70-4
O
Y
DIMMER-CONTROLLED
I
I
09.2
LIGHTING
Y
U
IP70-9
I
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
TELEPHONE: MUTE
NA7-13
NA1-20
IP70-15
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
TELEPHONE: MUTE
IP70-10
G
G
G
G
G
U
R
Y
B
RC22-12
RC22-11
CA35-5
CA35-6
CA35-4
CA406-2
NA2-11
NA2-12
NA2-6
NA1-2
NA24-3
NA24-4
NA24-5
NA24-6
NA24-7
IP70-7
IP70-17
IP70-6
BRD
W
W
BRD
W
Y
W
BRD
W
Y
U
R
Y
B
CA406-3
CA406-1
NA1-15
Y
R
R
I
I
I
I
MICROPHONE
NA1-14
IP136-1
IP136-2
NA25-1
NA25-2
NA20-1
NA20-2
BRD
BRD
ROOF CONSOLE
NA1-3
IP70-5
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
1
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
1
NA1-1
IP70-18
W
BRD
W
W
BRD
W
NA1-16
NA24-8
IP70-8
R
R
IP137-1
IP137-2
NA25-3
NA25-4
NA21-1
NA21-2
BRD
BRD
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
2
NR
YG
B
B
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
2
49
NA9-3
NA9-4
G
U
R
Y
G
U
R
Y
7
I
NA2-1
NA2-7
NA2-2
NA2-8
NA24-12
NA24-13
NA24-14
NA24-15
IP70-19
IP70-20
IP70-21
IP70-22
R
R
R
W
K
IP138-1
IP138-2
NA25-5
NA25-6
NA22-1
NA22-2
R
NA9-6
NA9-1
NA9-2
NA2-5
NA2-4
BRD
BRD
I
NA10-1
NA10-2
NA11-1
NA11-2
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
3
BRD
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
3
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
ANTENNA
NA2-10
VICS
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
W
BRD
W
W
BRD
W
W
BRD
W
NA2-3
NA24-16
IP70-11
R
R
NA9-7
NA2-9
IP139-1
IP139-2
NA25-7
NA25-8
NA23-1
NA23-2
BRD
BRD
I
TELEVISION
ANTENNA
4
CA222-1
CA222-2
NA8-1
NA8-2
TV
ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER
4
COAXIAL CABLE
NOTE: NAS4 – VICS vehicles only.
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
SENSOR
B
B
B
P
P
P
NAS4
NA9-5
NA7-2
IP70-12
G37BR
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION SCREEN,
TELEVISION SCREEN,
AND
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
B
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NOTE: Vehicle Information components and wiring – VICS vehicles only.
G40BS
D
B
VARIANT: Japan NAV Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Power Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP – PASSENGER
IP140
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER
CA144
CA145
DRIVER SIDE E POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER
PASSENGER SIDE E POST
STEERING WHEEL
SW1
SW2
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER
IP36
IP37
2-WAY / BROWN
2-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
J B93
2-WAY / BLACK
18-WAY / BLACK
18-WAY / BLACK
18-WAY / BLACK
18-WAY / BLACK
18-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY
ADJ ACENT TO HOOD CATCH
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER
CA65
CA70
CA65
CA70
CA65
WS18
WS17
AL1
DRIVER SIDE B/C POST
PASSENGER SIDE B/C POST
DRIVER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER
PASSENGER SEAT BELT
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER
DRIVER SEAT TRACK
SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR – PASSENGER
SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER
UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
12-WAY
UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER
AD1
INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
ADJ ACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
ADJ ACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
CA215
CA140
CA216
CA131
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA10
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA70
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS
BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G15
G37
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Advanced Restraint System
Advanced Restraint System
Fig. 17.1
CASSETTE
IP74-5
G
G
B
D
O
O
O
18
II
IP74-12
IP34-1
SW1-1
W
NR
U
STAGE
TWO
20.2
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
IP74-11
IP74-17
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
B
TELEPHONE / VEMS: AIRBAG DEPLOYED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
IP74-6
IP74-1
IP34-2
IP34-9
SW1-2
SW2-1
DRIVER
DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
07.1
07.2
G
IP74-19
O
GECM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING
IP74-22
STAGE
ONE
W
N
W
CASSETTE
B
JB93-2
JB93-1
CA10-4
CA10-5
CA165-19
CA165-20
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR
N
IP74-2
IP34-10
SW2-2
CA165-3
RW
CA144-1
DRIVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
W
N
DRIVER
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
BW
RW
CA215-2
CA215-1
CA165-27
CA165-28
CA165-4
CA165-1
CA144-2
AL1-1
RW
BW
CA65-5
** NOTE: W – early production vehicles.
DRIVER
SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
W**
U
N
PASSENGER
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
BW
WR
CA216-2
CA216-1
CA165-29
CA165-30
CA165-2
CA65-6
CA65-7
AL1-2
CA165-31
DRIVER
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
IGNITER
W
DRIVER
NW
RW
CA140-2
CA140-1
CA165-13
CA165-14
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
N
CA165-32
IP74-13
CA65-8
W
N
PASSENGER
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
CA131-2
CA131-1
CA165-15
CA165-16
IP37-1
STAGE
TWO
BW
RW
IP74-14
IP74-3
IP37-2
IP36-1
PASSENGER
DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
W
U
CA165-23
CA165-24
CA65-2
DRIVER SEAT
POSITION SWITCH
H
STAGE
ONE
CA65-1
BW
RW
IP74-4
IP36-2
B
O
H
CA165-5
CA65-13
CA65-14
CA165-25
CA165-26
G15AL
G15AR*
(G4AR)
CA145-1
DRIVER
SEAT BELT SWITCH
PASSENGER
CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
BW
RW
B
B
R
H
CAS96 (LHD)
CAS97 (RHD)
CA70-13
CA70-14
CA165-6
CA145-2
AD1-1
G4AR
(G15AL)
(G15AR*)
PASSENGER
SEAT BELT SWITCH
CA165-21
RW
BW
NOTE: The CAN Network connecting the SRS Control Modules
CA70-5
is a local CAN Network. It is not part of Powertrain CAN.
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
GR
O
O
U
B
17
+
C
C
C
C
+
II
BW
GO
WS17-G
WS17-E
WS17-F
CA70-1
CA165-17
CA165-18
U
CA165-22
CA165-33
CA70-6
CA70-7
AD1-2
–
–
CA70-2
R
WS18-A
WS17-H
WS17-J
WS17-K
PASSENGER
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
IGNITER
W
U
IP74-15
IP74-16
WS18-C
WS18-B
GR
O
B
16
O
P
II
BR
IP140-1
IP140-3
B
B
B
CA165-34
CA70-8
CAS96 (LHD)
PASSENGER AIRBAG
DEACTIVATED
WS17-D CA70-4
CAS97 (RHD)
PASSENGER SEAT
INDICATOR LAMP
WEIGHT
G4AR
PASSENGER SEAT
WEIGHT SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
PRESSURE SENSOR
G37AR
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Control Module
Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
B+
PG
D
I
RB7-1
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
RB7
26-WAY / YELLOW
3-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / WHITE
SPARE WHEEL WELL
REAR BUMPER
REAR BUMPER
REAR BUMPER
REAR BUMPER
PARCEL SHELF
RB7-3
POWER GROUND: GROUND
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH
RB1
RB7-5
SERIAL DATA LINK
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH CENTER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH
RB2
RB7-8
TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS ON
LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
RB4
I
RB7-9
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER
PARKING AID SOUNDER
RB3
D
D
O
O
O
O
D
D
RB7-10
RB7-11
RB7-14
RB7-15
RB7-16
RB7-17
RB7-23
RB7-24
CA136
PARKING AID SOUNDER +
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
Connector
Connector Description
Location
PARKING AID SOUNDER
RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
CA129
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G2
TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Parking Aid System
Parking Aid System
Fig. 18.1
YG
GB
W
B
I
9
I
RB7-1
RB7-9
RB7-8
RB7-5
RU
RU
Y
O
O
+
RB7-14
CA129-4
CA129-5
CA136-1
CA136-2
Y
REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.3
–
RB7-17
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
PARKING AID
SOUNDER
08.6 08.5 08.4
W
D
20.2
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
RW
RW
W
RBS1
RB7-15
RB4-1
RB4-2
RB4-3
W
RH
SENSOR
D
D
D
D
RB7-24
BG
BG
RBS2
RB7-16
RW
WR
BG
RB3-1
RB3-2
RB3-3
WR
RH CENTER
SENSOR
RB7-23
RW
WU
BG
RB2-1
RB2-2
RB2-3
LH CENTER
SENSOR
WU
RB7-10
RW
WG
BG
RB1-1
RB1-2
RB1-3
LH
SENSOR
WG
B
B
P
CA129-8
RB7-3
RB7-11
G2AR
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
D
B
VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
Component
ꢀ
Pin
Description and Characteristic
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
PG
O
CA86-5
POWER GROUND: GROUND
CABIN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
IP24
3-WAY / BLACK
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IP5-14
HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
CIGAR LIGHTER
IP42
2-WAY / ORANGE
ASH TRAY
I
IP6-20
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
B+
J B172-1
IP6
J B172
HORN RELAY
—
—
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
STEERING WHEEL
HORN SWITCH
SW6
J B87
—
2-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
—
HORNS
ADJ ACENT TO BATTERY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ROOF CONSOLE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
CA146
3-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
J B129
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO J UNCTION BOX HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G1
TRUNK / LH REAR
G4
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5
G11
G15
G36
G37
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
Input
Output
Battery Voltage
PG
SS
SG
Power Ground
Sensor / Signal Supply V
Sensor / Signal Ground
CAN CAN Network
D
V
Serial and Encoded Data
Voltage (DC)
O
B+
SCP
D2
SCP Network
D2B Network
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ancillaries
Ancillaries
Fig. 19.1
BG
BG
B
SW6-1
SW6-2
SW4-6
SW4-5
IP34-3
IP34-4
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
HORN
SWITCH
OY
JB87-2
B
B
IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
G37BL
(G36BL)
B
B
STEERING WHEEL
JBS56
JB87-1
OY
OY
G11AR
44
OY
JB172-1
B
OY
B
B
HORNS
22
IPS65
IP42-2
IP42-1
BG
55
I
G36AL
(G5AL)
CIGAR LIGHTER
II
4
5
R3
IP6-20
IP5-14
CA86-5
3
1
OY
OY
OY
24
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
JBS32
2
B
B
OY
O
P
JB129-6
HORN RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
B
G4AL
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
HORN
CIGAR LIGHTER
N
N
29
30
IP24-2
CA146-2
NG
NG
1
2
I
I
GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
IP24-3
B
CA146-3
CA146-1
B
B
B
B
OY
71
B
CAS10
RCS1
B
B
B
CA36-13
RC22-1
RC22-9
G15AL
G15AR*
IPS66
CAS9
IP24-1
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
CABIN
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
G5AS
(G5AL)
ROOF CONSOLE
G1AR
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
NOTE: IPS66 – LHD only.
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
J B45
42-WAY / BROWN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)
J B197
42-WAY / BROWN
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
6-WAY / GREY
IP39
IP101
IP135
26-WAY / YELLOW
2-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
IP101
AC1
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
IP101
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
IP22
16-WAY / BLACK
104-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
26-WAY / YELLOW
BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
EN65
EN16
IP130
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
J
GATE ASSEMBLY
IP14
16-WAY / GREEN
4-WAY / BLACK
37-WAY / BLUE
4-WAY / BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
YAW RATE SENSOR
IP19
STEERING COLUMN
LOWER LH A POST
J B131
IP20
BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
J B1
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
J B130
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G36
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Controller Area Network
Controller Area Network
Fig. 20.1
OY
B
B
53
35
Y
(DSC)
(DSC)
(ABS/TC)
(ABS/TC)
Y
Y
IP22-16
IP22-9
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
NOTES:
* Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –
WR
JB184-24
JB197-24
IP130-2
IP130-3
II
G
JB185-40
G
JB197-40
G
–
–
–
Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –
Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /
TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE*
Y
(ABS)
(ABS)
Y
Y
IP19-3
+
C
C
+
C
C
+
C
C
JB45-24
JB45-40
IP20-3
IP20-2
G
G
G
IP19-4
–
–
–
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING
CONTROL MODULE
YAW RATE SENSOR**
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR**
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
IPS11
Y
Y
Y
IP10-17
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
C
C
+
JBS31
IPS9
IPS52
IPS39
EN16-124
JB1-22
JB131-34
JB131-13
JB131-33
JB131-12
JB130-18
JB130-16
IP101-9
IP101-22
IP14-9
IP14-11
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
IP10-18
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
JBS30
IPS8
IPS10
IPS51
IPS38
EN16-123
JB1-21
IP101-10
IP101-23
IP14-10
IP14-12
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.5L & 3.0L)
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
J GATE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
Y
C
C
+
Y
Y
IP22-6
+
C
C
G
EN65-89
EN65-88
JB1-22
JB1-21
–
G
G
IP22-14
–
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: LHD
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)
Y
(DSC)
(ABS/TC)
(ABS/TC)
Y
Y
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
NOTES:
JB184-24
JB197-24
IP130-2
IP130-3
G
JB185-40
(DSC)
G
JB197-40
G
*
Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –
Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
–
–
–
** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –
Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /
TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE*
Y
(ABS)
(ABS)
Y
Y
IP19-3
+
C
C
+
C
C
+
C
C
JB45-24
JB45-40
IP20-3
IP20-2
G
G
G
IP19-4
–
–
–
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING
CONTROL MODULE
YAW RATE SENSOR**
STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR**
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
IPS11
Y
Y
IP14-11
G
Y
Y
IP10-17
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
C
C
+
+
C
C
C
C
+
JBS31
IPS52
IPS9
IPS39
EN16-124
JB1-22
JB131-34
JB131-13
JB131-33
JB131-12
JB130-18
JB130-16
IP101-9
IP101-22
IP14-9
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
IP10-18
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
JBS30
IPS10
IPS51
IPS8
IPS38
EN16-123
JB1-21
IP101-10
IP101-23
IP14-10
IP14-12
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.5L & 3.0L)
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
J GATE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Y
C
C
+
IP22-6
Y
Y
G
+
C
C
–
EN65-89
EN65-88
JB1-22
JB1-21
IP22-14
G
G
–
B
B
P
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: RHD
IPS67 (LHD)
IP22-4
IP22-5
ENGINE
IPS69 (RHD)
B
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)
G37BL
(G36BL)
G37AL
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
64
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65
IP106
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
IP22
16-WAY / BLACK
104-WAY / BLACK
134-WAY / BLACK
BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
EN65
EN16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA86
CA87
IP5
23-WAY / GREY
23-WAY / GREEN
23-WAY / BROWN
23-WAY / WHITE
23-WAY / BLUE
IP6
J B172
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP130
26-WAY / YELLOW
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP10
IP11
26-WAY / YELLOW
26-WAY / YELLOW
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
RB7
26-WAY / YELLOW
SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA165
IP74
40-WAY / BLACK
24-WAY / BLACK
UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
RC22
RC30
RC31
RC33
RC34
22-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
4-WAY / BLACK
6-WAY / BLACK
ROOF, CENTER FRONT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA36
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS
LH LOWER A POST
CA129
CA230
CA241
CA414
J B1
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
42-WAY / BLACK / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS
SPARE WHEEL WELL
LH LOWER A POST
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
ADJ ACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
J B130
22-WAY / GREEN / J UNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
G36
G37
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link
Fig. 20.2
Y
OY
+
S
S
B
53
IP10-22
IP10-23
IP22-16
U
WR
35
–
B
II
IP22-9
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Y
Y
Y
+
S
S
NA7-4
CA414-7
CA414-6
CA241-9
U
U
U
–
NA7-14
CA241-10
Y
Y
U
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
S
S
+
IPS31
IP22-2
U
–
IPS32
BOF
BOF
Y
IP22-10
D
+
S
S
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
IP65-9
U
D
–
2
IP65-10
AUDIO UNIT
Y
+
S
S
IP5-19
IP5-18
U
–
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
W
W
W
W
W
D
D
IP74-11
IP22-7
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
W
W
W
D
D
IPS25
RB7-5
CA129-9
CA230-3
IP130-5
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
W
W
W
W
W
D
D
EN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L)
EN65-39 (2.0 L)
JB1-20
JB130-4
CA230-4
CA36-9
RC22-8
RC33-3*
B
B
B
P
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
INTRUSION SENSOR
IPS67 (LHD)
IP22-4
IP22-5
IPS69 (RHD)
ROOF CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
G37BL
(G36BL)
G37AL
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
SERIAL DATA LINK
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65
IP106
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
TRUNK LH REAR
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CA241
CA407
CA414
CD1
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
ADJ ACENT TO CENTRAL J UNCTION FUSE BOX
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH LOWER A POST
CD6
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
TRUNK LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
D2B Network: Part 1
D2B Network: Part 1
Fig. 20.3
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1
CD2-2
D
D
2
2
O
O
O
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
PH2-14
PH1-23
CA301-3
NA7-3
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD3-1
CD3-2
O
O
D
D
O
2
2
PHS5
CA407-12
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: PHS5 – Voice only.
O
O
O
O
O
CAS45
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
IP65-19
CA241-11
D
D
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD4-1
CD4-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
D
D
2
2
AUDIO UNIT
O
O
O
VOICE
CONTROL MODULE
CA414-5
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
D
D
2
2
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
D2B NETWORK “WAKE-UP”
TWO-MODULE NETWORKS
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CD3-2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD2-1
CD2-1
CD3-1
CD2-2
CD2-2
CD3-2
CD3-1
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1
CD2-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
BOF
BOF
D
D
2
2
CD6-2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CD4-2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD4-1
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD3-1
CD3-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D
D
2
2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CD4-2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD4-1
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD4-1
CD4-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D
D
2
2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
NOTE: Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.
THREE-MODULE NETWORKS
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
S
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
SCP
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector(s)
Connector Description
Location
AUDIO UNIT
ID1
2-WAY / BLACK
20-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65
IP106
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA301
CD2
3-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
TRUNK LH REAR
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD3
PH1
PH3
PH5
2-WAY / BLACK
32-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
2-WAY / COAXIAL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD5
NA1
NA2
NA6
NA7
2-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LH REAR
26-WAY NATURAL
12-WAY / BLACK
2-WAY / COAXIAL
20-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE
PH2
22-WAY / GREY
TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector
Connector Description
Location
CD1
CD6
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
LH LOWER A POST
TRUNK LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
D2B Network: Part 2
D2B Network: Part 2
Fig. 20.4
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1
CD2-1
CD3-1
CD2-2
CD2-2
CD3-2
CD3-1
CD3-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D
2
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD4-1
CD4-1
CD3-1
CD4-2
CD4-2
CD3-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D
2
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D
2
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
DC2-1
CD2-2
CD4-1
CD4-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
D
2
AUDIO UNIT
FOUR-MODULE NETWORKS
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
ID1-1
ID1-2
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1
CD2-2
CD3-1
CD3-2
CD4-1
CD4-2
CD5-1
CD5-2
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
BOF
D
2
AUDIO UNIT
NOTES:
Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.
Network “Wake-Up” Circuit – refer to Fig. 20.3.
FIVE-MODULE NETWORK
D2B Network Diagnostics – refer to Fig. 20.2.
D
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
I
+
C
Input
+
Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
CAN
2
D2B Network
1
11
12
63
64
74
75
96
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
64
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
1
13
14
I
I
II
II
B
B
E
E
–
O
P
S
D
Output
Sensor/Signal Ground
SCP
Serial and Encoded Data
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:
A/C Air Conditioning
ABS Anti-Lock Braking System
ABSCM Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module
ABS/TCCM Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module
A/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
ACK Acknowledge
AIRCON Climate Control
AT Cmd Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devices
AUDIO Audio Unit
BIT Smallest element of data code (1 or 0)
BYTE Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character)
°C Degrees Centigrade
CAL Calibrate
CAN Controller Area Network
CID CAN Identifier
CM Control Module
CONFIG Configure
D2B OPC Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B use
D2B Fiber Optic Network
DIAG Diagnostics
DSCCM Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
ECM Engine Control Module
°F Degrees Fahrenheit
FL Front Left
FR Front Right
Gateway Device that converts messages between different types of networks
GECM General Electronic Control Module
HLCM Headlight Leveling Control Module
IC Instrument Cluster
IDB Identification Byte
JGM J Gate Module
Lb. Ft. Pound Feet (Measure of Torque)
LED Light Emitting Diode
m
Meter (length)
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
ml Milliliter
ms Millisecond
MSG Message
NCM Navigation Control Module
Nm Newton Meter (Measure of Torque)
OBD On-Board Diagnostics
OBD II On-Board Diagnostics II
ODO Odometer
Oz Ounce
PATS Passive Anti-Theft System
PECUS Programmable Electronic Control Units System
POS Positive (+)
PTT Push to Talk
RCC Climate Control
RL Rear Left
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
RR Rear Right
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
SMS Short Message Service for Mobile Communications
STM Switch to Test Mode
SWS Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
TCM Transmission Control Module
VEMS JaguarNet
WDS World Diagnostic System
YRS Yaw Rate Sensor
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
SCP Message Matrix
ii
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
SCP Message Matrix
iv
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
SCP Message Matrix
vi
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
viii
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
x
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN Message Matrix
DIAG
YRS
SWS
JGM
HLCM
A/CCM
IC
TCM
ECM
DSCCM
ABS/TCCM
ABSCM
xii
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
Indesit Washer Dryer IWDC 6105 User Manual
Indesit Washer INDESIT Washing Machine User Manual
Jabra Headphones BT4010 User Manual
Jasco Satellite TV System TV24713 User Manual
JBL Stereo System ESC350 User Manual
Kenwood CD Player KMD D401 User Manual
Kenwood Food Processor FPM800 User Manual
Kenwood Stereo System XD 9581MD User Manual
Konica Minolta All in One Printer 7022 User Manual
KONUS Speaker Essence User Manual